[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2015035598A1 - Method and apparatus for adjusting link overhead - Google Patents

Method and apparatus for adjusting link overhead Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2015035598A1
WO2015035598A1 PCT/CN2013/083444 CN2013083444W WO2015035598A1 WO 2015035598 A1 WO2015035598 A1 WO 2015035598A1 CN 2013083444 W CN2013083444 W CN 2013083444W WO 2015035598 A1 WO2015035598 A1 WO 2015035598A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
node
link
path
cost
processed
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2013/083444
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
张旭东
胡志波
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2013/083444 priority Critical patent/WO2015035598A1/en
Priority to CN201380076705.5A priority patent/CN105247823B/en
Publication of WO2015035598A1 publication Critical patent/WO2015035598A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L12/00Data switching networks
    • H04L12/64Hybrid switching systems
    • H04L12/6418Hybrid transport

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the field of communications and, more particularly, to a method and apparatus for adjusting link overhead. Background technique
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • Intercomm Gateway Protocol distributed intra-gateway protocol
  • each network device separately performs routing calculations, and each other There is no order control between them. Therefore, when a link fault or fault recovery occurs, the start time, run time, end time of the calculation, and delivery of the route calculation are caused by the difference in the hardware capabilities of the network devices and the difference between the internal and external environments of the device.
  • the time points of the forwarding information base (FIB, Fowarding Information Base) entries are inconsistent, which leads to the occurrence of microrings.
  • the optimal path of the node c from the node c to the node a is from the path 1 (The path is node c, node d, node e, node f, node a in turn in the forwarding order) to path 2 (the path includes node c, node b, node a in turn in the forwarding order), or node c Switching from link c ⁇ d to link c ⁇ b, node c sends the data to node b when it needs to send data to node a.
  • the node b still has the path 3 (the path includes the node b, the node c, the node d, the node e, the node f, and the node in the order of forwarding. a) as the optimal path from node b to node a, therefore, when node b needs to send data to node a, select link 1) ⁇ (, send the data to node c.
  • send the data to node c.
  • the present invention provides a method and apparatus for adjusting link overhead, which can prevent micro ring phenomenon Now.
  • a method for adjusting link overhead is provided, which is implemented in a communication system including at least three nodes, wherein a first node and a second node are directly connected by a first link, the first chain
  • the path is used for transmitting data that needs to be sent to the first node
  • the method includes: when the first link fails or recovers from the failure, the network device determines at least one pair of pending nodes from the at least three nodes, Each of the to-be-processed node pairs includes two to-be-processed nodes connected via one link, and the to-be-processed node can send a message to the first node by using a second path that does not include the first link, and
  • the node to be processed can send a message to the first node by using the first path including the first link when the first link is normal, where a second path is from a to-be-processed node to the first node.
  • the path that does not include the total link overhead in the path of the first link is not included, and the first path is from a pending node to the first section when the first link is normal.
  • An optimal path, and each of the to-be-processed nodes in each pair of nodes to be processed has a different up-and-down hop relationship on the second path and the first path; the network device determines a path cost change value of each of the to-be-processed nodes,
  • the path cost change value of each of the to-be-processed nodes is the difference between the first path cost of the to-be-processed node and the second path cost, where the first path cost is the total on the first path when the first link is normal.
  • the link cost, the second path cost is the total link cost on the second path; the network device performs the link cost of the first link at least twice according to the path cost change value of the to-be-processed node. Adjusting, so that when the first link recovers from the failure, the next hop node on the first path of each to-be-processed node is migrated to the optimal path of the first node before the previous hop node Up to the first path, or to make the first hop node on the first path of each to-be-processed node prior to the next hop node to be optimal to the first node when the first link fails Path migration out of the Path all the way.
  • the network device performs at least two adjustments on the link cost of the first link according to the path cost change value of the to-be-processed node, including: The network device determines, from the to-be-processed node, the N target nodes, where the number of the target nodes is less than or equal to the number of the to-be-processed nodes; and the network device determines the first chain according to the path cost change value of each of the target nodes.
  • the link cost of the road is adjusted N times.
  • the network device determines, from the to-be-processed node, the N target nodes, including: the network device, the entire node to be processed As the N target nodes.
  • the network device adjusts the link cost of the first link N times according to the path cost change value of each target node, including: when the first link recovers from the fault, the network device is in a decreasing manner Performing a first sorting process on the path cost change value of each target node; the network device performs N times adjustment on the link cost of the first link, so that the link of the first link after the i-th adjustment is performed
  • the difference between the cost and the link cost of the first link is smaller than the first value and greater than the second value, where the first value is the i-th path cost change value after the first sorting process, where the
  • the binary value is the largest value among the path cost change values of the first target nodes, the first target node and the second target node form a pair of pending nodes, and the first target node is the second in the first path.
  • a previous hop node of the target node, the second target node is a node corresponding
  • the network device performs N times adjustment on a link cost of the first link according to a path cost change value of each target node.
  • the network device performs a second sorting process on the path cost change value of each target node in an incremental manner when the first link recovers from the fault; the network device is configured to the first link
  • the link cost is adjusted N times, so that the difference between the link cost of the first link and the link cost of the first link is less than the third value and greater than the fourth value, where
  • the third value is the N-th + 1 path cost change value after the second sorting process, and the fourth value is the largest value among the path cost change values of each third target node, the third target
  • the node and the fourth target node form a pair of pending nodes, and the third target node is a previous hop node of the fourth target node in the first path, and the fourth target node is processed by the second sorting process N _ i + 1
  • the node performs N times adjustment on a link cost of the first link
  • the network device performs N times adjustment on a link cost of the first link according to a path cost change value of each target node. And the network device performs a third sorting process on the path cost change value of each target node in an incremental manner when the first link fails; the link cost of the network device to the first link Performing N adjustments so that the difference between the link cost of the first link after the i-th adjustment and the link cost of the first link is greater than a fifth value and less than a sixth value, wherein the sixth The value is the i+1th path cost change value after the third sorting process, and the fifth value is the largest value among the path cost change values of the fifth target nodes, and the fifth target node and the sixth target Node Forming a pair of nodes to be processed, and the fifth target node is a previous hop node of the sixth target node in the first path, and the sixth target node is the i+1th path cost after the third
  • the network device performs N times adjustment on a link cost of the first link according to a path cost change value of each target node. And the network device performs a fourth sorting process on the path cost change value of each target node in a decreasing manner on the first link; the link cost of the network device to the first link Performing N adjustments, so that the difference between the link cost of the first link after the i-th adjustment and the link cost of the first link is greater than a seventh value and less than an eighth value, wherein the eighth The value is the N-th path cost change value after the fourth sorting process, and the seventh value is the largest value among the path cost change values of the seventh target nodes, and the seventh target node and the eighth target The node constitutes a pair of nodes to be processed, and the seventh target node is a previous hop node of the eighth target node in the first path, and the eighth target node is the N - i + 1 after the
  • the network device performing at least two adjustments on the link cost of the first link includes: determining, by the network device, each target node calculation The processing time required for the optimal path; the network device determines the time interval between the at least two adjustments according to the processing time; the network device is at the time interval, and the link cost of the first link is at least two Adjustments.
  • the network device is the second node.
  • a second aspect provides an apparatus for adjusting link overhead, where the apparatus includes: a to-be-processed node determining unit, configured to determine at least three nodes from a failure when the first link fails or recovers from a failure.
  • a pair of nodes to be processed wherein each pair of nodes to be processed includes two nodes to be processed connected via one link, and the node to be processed can be to the at least three nodes through a second path that does not include the first link
  • the first node sends a message
  • the to-be-processed node can send a message to the first node by using the first path of the first link when the first link is normal, where a second path is a path of the to-be-processed node having the smallest total link overhead in the path to the first node that does not include the first link, and a first path is from the first link when the first link is normal
  • the total link cost on the first path, the second path cost is the total link cost on the second path, and the link cost adjustment unit is configured to change the path cost change value of each to-be-processed node. Performing at least two adjustments on the link cost of the first link, so that when the first link recovers from the failure, the next hop node on the first path of each pair of pending nodes precedes One-hop node.
  • the optimal path to the first node is migrated to the first path, or when the first link fails, the previous hop node on the first path of each pending node is prior to the next hop
  • the node migrates the optimal path to the first node out of the first path.
  • the link cost adjustment unit is further configured to determine, from the to-be-processed node, N target nodes, where the number of the target nodes is less than or equal to the The number of processing nodes is used to perform N times adjustment on the link cost of the first link according to the path cost change value of each target node.
  • the link cost adjustment unit is specifically configured to use all of the to-be-processed nodes as the N target nodes.
  • the link cost adjustment unit is specifically configured to: when the first link recovers from a fault, the network device is decremented And performing a first sorting process on the path cost change value of each target node, and performing N times adjustment on the link cost of the first link, so that the link of the first link after the i-th adjustment is performed
  • the difference between the cost and the link cost of the first link is smaller than the first value and greater than the second value, where the first value is the i-th path cost change value after the first sorting process, where the The binary value is the largest value among the path cost change values of the first target nodes, the first target node and the second target node form a pair of pending nodes, and the first target node is the second in the first path.
  • a previous hop node of the target node, the second target node is a node corresponding to the i-th path cost change value after the first sorting process, or the second value is the
  • the link cost adjustment unit is configured to: when the first link recovers from the fault, the network device performs a second sorting process on the path cost change value of each target node in an incremental manner; The link cost of a link is adjusted N times, so that the difference between the link cost of the first link after the first adjustment and the link cost when the first link is normal is less than the third value and greater than the fourth.
  • the third value is the N-th + 1 path cost change value after the second sorting process
  • the fourth value is the largest value of the path cost change values of each third target node
  • the third target node and the fourth target node form a pair of pending nodes
  • the third target node is a previous hop node of the fourth target node in the first path
  • the fourth target node is subjected to the second sorting
  • the node corresponding to the processed Nth _i + 1 path cost change value, or the fourth value is the N-th path cost change value after the second sorting process.
  • the link cost adjustment unit is specifically configured to: when the first link fails, the network device is in an incremental manner, The path cost change value of each of the target nodes is subjected to a third sorting process; and the link cost of the first link is adjusted N times, so that the link cost of the first link after the i-th adjustment is
  • the difference between the link costs is greater than the fifth value and is less than the sixth value, where the sixth value is the i+1th path cost change value after the third sorting process
  • the fifth The value is the largest value among the path cost change values of the fifth target nodes, the fifth target node and the sixth target node form a pair of pending nodes, and the fifth target node is the sixth target in the first path a node of the last hop of the node, the sixth target node is a node corresponding to the i +1 path cost change value after the third sorting process, or the fifth value is
  • the link cost adjustment unit is specifically configured to: when the first link fails, the network device is in a decreasing manner, The path cost change value of each of the target nodes is subjected to a fourth sorting process; and the link cost of the first link is adjusted N times, so that the link cost of the first link after the i-th adjustment is The difference between the link costs of the first link is greater than the seventh value and is less than the eighth value, wherein the eighth value is the N-th path cost change value after the fourth sorting process, and the seventh The value is the largest value among the path cost change values of the seventh target nodes, the seventh target node and the eighth target node form a pair of pending nodes, and the seventh target node is the eighth target in the first path a node of the last hop of the node, the eighth target node is a node corresponding to the N-i + 1 path cost change value after the fourth sorting process, or the seventh value is
  • the link cost adjustment unit is further configured to determine a processing time required for each target node to calculate an optimal path; Time, determining a time interval between the at least two adjustments; and performing, according to the time interval, performing at least two adjustments on a link cost of the first link.
  • the device is the second node.
  • a method and apparatus for adjusting link overhead by adjusting a link cost of a first link directly connected to a first node, including the first link and in the first chain
  • the path is normal as the first path to the optimal link to the first node, when the first link recovers from the failure, the pair of nodes to be processed that may have micro-ring phenomenon is on the first path.
  • the next hop node migrates the optimal path to the first node to the first path before the previous hop node, or in the pair of pending nodes that may cause the micro ring phenomenon when the first link fails
  • the upper hop node on the first path migrates the optimal path to the first node out of the first path before the next hop node, thereby preventing the micro ring phenomenon from occurring between the pair of nodes to be processed.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic flowchart of a method for adjusting link overhead according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Fig. 2 is a schematic block diagram showing an example of a communication system to which the method for adjusting link overhead is applied according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic topological view of an inverse optimal path prioritization algorithm when a first node is used as a root in a communication system to which the method for adjusting link overhead is applied according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic block diagram of an apparatus for adjusting link overhead according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for adjusting link overhead according to an embodiment of the present invention. detailed description
  • GSM Global System of Mobile Communication
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • GPRS General Packet Radio Service
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic flow chart of a method 100 for adjusting link overhead according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method 100 is performed in a communication system including at least three nodes, wherein a first node is directly connected to a second node by using a first link, and the first link is used for transmission to be sent to the first node.
  • Data as shown in FIG. 1, the method 100 includes:
  • the network device determines at least one pair of pending nodes from the at least three nodes, where each pair of to-be-processed nodes includes two connected by one link.
  • a node to be processed the node to be processed can send a message to the first node by using a second path that does not include the first link, and the node to be processed can include the first link when the first link is normal.
  • the first path of a link sends a message to the first node, where a second path is a total link cost from a to-be-processed node to a path of the first node that does not include the first link.
  • a first path is an optimal path from a pending node to the first node when the first link is normal, and each of the pending nodes in the pair of pending nodes is in a second path
  • the upper and lower jumps on the first path are different from each other;
  • the network device determines a path cost change value of each to-be-processed node, where a path cost change value of each to-be-processed node is a difference between a first path cost and a second path cost of each to-be-processed node, where the first path cost is Is the total link cost on the first path when the first link is normal, and the second path cost is the total link overhead on the second path;
  • the network device performs at least two adjustments on the link cost of the first link according to the path cost change value of the to-be-processed node, so that each of the pending links is to be processed when the first link recovers from the fault.
  • the next hop node on the first path of the node pair migrates the optimal path to the first node to the first path before the previous hop node, or
  • the previous hop node on the first path of each to-be-processed node pair migrates the optimal path to the first node out of the first path before the next hop node .
  • the link cost of the faulty link is adjusted and released at one time, and each node in the network recalculates the optimal path based on the link cost, because each network device.
  • the link cost of the faulty link is adjusted and released multiple times (at least twice), and when the link is restored, the original optimal path including the faulty link is The one-hop node switches the optimal path back to the original optimal path before the previous node.
  • the link fails the upper-hop node on the original optimal path moves the optimal path out of the original one before the next node. path. Therefore, the occurrence of the microring phenomenon can be avoided.
  • the method 100 needs to be performed in an IP network comprising a plurality (at least three) of nodes
  • Figure 2 shows an example of a communication system 200 to which the method 100 is applicable.
  • the communication system 200 includes, for example, 10 nodes, namely: node a, node b, node c, node d, node e, node f, node g, node h, node i, node g.
  • the node a is used as the first node and the node b is used as the second node, and the link b ⁇ a for transmitting the data sent by the node b to the node a is used as the first link. Be explained.
  • the network device is the second node.
  • the implementation body of the method 100 it may be a second node (for example, node b), or may be used to adjust when the first link (for example, link b ⁇ a) fails or recovers from failure.
  • the network device of the link overhead, and the network device can be set independently, or can be set on one or more nodes, and in the embodiment of the present invention, one for each link in the system 200 can be separately configured.
  • the network device for performing the method 100 may also adjust the link cost when the link is faulty or faulty, and the network is not limited.
  • node b will be described as the network device without loss of generality.
  • the node b can detect the working condition of the link b ⁇ a, and the link b ⁇ a fails.
  • the detection method may be the same as or similar to the prior art.
  • the description thereof is omitted.
  • Node b can determine the nodes (to-be-processed nodes) that need to recalculate and select the optimal path due to the impact of link b ⁇ a failure or recovery from failure.
  • the link cost of the link b ⁇ a is 10
  • the link cost of the link b ⁇ g is 10
  • the link cost of the link g ⁇ i is 10
  • the link cost of j is 10, the link cost of link j ⁇ a is 100
  • the link cost of link b ⁇ c is 10
  • the link cost of link c ⁇ d is 10
  • the link d ⁇ e is 10
  • the link cost of link e ⁇ f is 10
  • the link cost of link f ⁇ a is 100
  • the link cost of link f ⁇ a is 10.
  • the path from node b to node a includes: path 1 (ie, link b ⁇ a), path 2 (including link b ⁇ g, link g ⁇ i, link i ⁇ j, link j ⁇ a), Path 3 (including link b ⁇ c, link c ⁇ d, link d ⁇ e, link e ⁇ f, link f ⁇ a).
  • the total link cost of the path 1 is the link cost of the link b ⁇ a (that is, 10)
  • the total link cost of the path 2 is the link cost of the link b ⁇ g, and the link of the link g ⁇ i.
  • the sum of the link cost, the link cost of link i ⁇ j, and the link cost of link j ⁇ a (ie, 130), the total link cost of path 3 is the link cost and link of link b ⁇ c.
  • the path from node c to node a includes: path 4 (including link c ⁇ b, link b ⁇ a), path 5 (including link c ⁇ b, link b ⁇ g, link g ⁇ i, link) i ⁇ j, link j ⁇ a), path 6 (including link c ⁇ d, link d ⁇ e, link e ⁇ f, link f ⁇ a).
  • the total link cost of path 4 is 20, the total link cost of path 5 is 140, and the total link cost of path 6 is 130. Therefore, when link b ⁇ a is normal, the optimal path from node c to node a is path 4. When link b ⁇ a fails, the optimal path from node c to node a is path 6.
  • the path from node d to node a includes: path 7 (including link d ⁇ c, link c ⁇ b, link b ⁇ a), path 8 (including link d ⁇ c, link c ⁇ b, link) b ⁇ g, link g ⁇ i, link i ⁇ j, link j ⁇ a), path 9 (including link d ⁇ e, link e ⁇ f, link f ⁇ a).
  • the path from node e to node a includes: path 10 (including link 6 ⁇ (1, link d ⁇ c, link c ⁇ b, link b ⁇ a), path 11 (including link e ⁇ d, chain) Road d ⁇ c, link c ⁇ b, link b ⁇ g, link g ⁇ i, link i ⁇ j, link j ⁇ a), path 12 (including link e ⁇ f, link f ⁇ a) wherein, by the summation calculation as described above, it can be determined that the total link cost of the path 10 is 40, the total link cost of the path 11 is 160, and the total link cost of the path 12 is 110. Therefore, when the chain When the path b ⁇ a is normal, the optimal path from node e to node a is path 10. When link b ⁇ a fails, the optimal path from node e to node a is path 12.
  • the path from node f to node a includes: path 13 (including link f ⁇ e, link e ⁇ d, link d ⁇ c, link c ⁇ b, link b ⁇ a), path 14 (including link) f ⁇ e, link e ⁇ d, link d ⁇ c, link c ⁇ b, link b ⁇ g, link g ⁇ i, link i ⁇ j, link j ⁇ a), path 15 ( Includes link f ⁇ a).
  • the path from node g to node a includes: path 16 (including link g ⁇ b, link b ⁇ a), path 17 (including link g ⁇ i, link i ⁇ j, link j ⁇ a), path 18 (including link g ⁇ b, link b ⁇ c, link c ⁇ d, link d ⁇ e, link e ⁇ f, link f ⁇ a).
  • the total link cost of the path 16 is 20, the total link cost of the path 17 is 120, and the total link cost of the path 18 is 150 by the summation calculation as described above. Therefore, when link b ⁇ a is normal, the optimal path from node g to node a is path 16. When link b ⁇ a fails, the best path from node g to node a is path 17.
  • the path from node h to node a includes: path 19 (including link h ⁇ g, link g ⁇ b, chain ⁇ b ⁇ a), path 20 (including link h ⁇ g, link g ⁇ i, link) i ⁇ j, link j ⁇ a), path 21 (including link h ⁇ g, link g ⁇ b, link b ⁇ c, link c ⁇ d, link d ⁇ e, link e ⁇ f , link f ⁇ a).
  • path 19 including link h ⁇ g, link g ⁇ b, chain ⁇ b ⁇ a
  • path 20 including link h ⁇ g, link g ⁇ i, link
  • path 21 including link h ⁇ g, link g ⁇ b, link b ⁇ c, link c ⁇ d, link d ⁇ e, link e ⁇ f , link f ⁇ a.
  • the path from node i to node a includes: path 22 (including link i ⁇ g, link g ⁇ b, link b ⁇ a), path 23 (including link i ⁇ j, link j ⁇ a), path 24 (including link i ⁇ g, link g ⁇ b, link b ⁇ c, link c ⁇ d, link d ⁇ e, link e ⁇ f, link f ⁇ a).
  • the total link cost of the path 22 is 30, the total link cost of the path 23 is 110, and the total link cost of the path 24 is 160 by the summation calculation as described above. Therefore, when link b ⁇ a is normal, the optimal path from node i to node a is path 22. When link b ⁇ a fails, the optimal path from node i to node a is path 23.
  • the path from node j to node a includes: path 25 (including link j ⁇ i, link i ⁇ g, link g ⁇ b, link b ⁇ a), path 26 (including chain j ⁇ a), path 27 (including link j ⁇ i, link i ⁇ g, link g ⁇ b, link b ⁇ c, link c ⁇ d, link d ⁇ e, link e ⁇ f, link f ⁇ a) .
  • the total link cost of the path 25 is 40
  • the total link cost of the path 26 is 100
  • the total link cost of the path 27 is 170 by the summation calculation as described above. Therefore, when link b ⁇ a is normal, the optimal path from node j to node a is path 25. When link b ⁇ a fails, the optimal path from node j to node a is path 26.
  • the optimal path changes, and when the link b ⁇ a is normal, the optimal link includes the link b ⁇ a. Therefore, it can be determined that in the system 200, the node b, the node c, the node d, the node e, the node f, the node g, the node h, the node i, and the node j are subjected to a failure or failure recovery of the link b ⁇ a.
  • the affected node (the node to be processed).
  • the network architecture changes with the connection between nodes and the increase or decrease of nodes, the nodes affected by the first link also change when different architectures or architectures change. Therefore, the above-mentioned pending nodes are listed.
  • the present invention is not limited thereto, and the affected node may be selected according to a network architecture.
  • the pair of pending nodes that may have a micro-ring phenomenon may be determined from the above-mentioned affected nodes, for example, in path 4 (the first path of node c), node b is node c Next hop node, in path 2 (the second path of node b), node b is the last hop node of node c, that is, before and after the link b ⁇ a failure, the bounce relationship between node b and node c occurs. Change, micro-ring phenomenon may occur between node b and node c, therefore, node b and node C constitutes a pair of processing nodes.
  • node c and node b constitute a pair of nodes to be processed;
  • node d and node c constitute a pair of nodes to be processed,
  • node e and node d constitute a pair of nodes to be processed,
  • node f and node e constitute a pair
  • node b and node g constitute a pair of processing nodes,
  • node g and node i form a pair of nodes to be processed, and
  • node i and node j constitute a pair of nodes to be processed.
  • the next hop node of the node h is the node g, so the node There is no microring problem between h and node g. Therefore, node h is not treated as a node to be processed.
  • the "first path” refers to a node to one end node of the faulty link (for example, node a) when the faulty link (for example, link b ⁇ a) is normal.
  • the optimal path, and the path takes link b ⁇ a as a segment of the path. Therefore, for different nodes, the first path is different.
  • the "second path” refers to an optimal path from one node to one end node (for example, node a) of the faulty link when the faulty link (for example, link b ⁇ a) fails, due to the link b ⁇ a A fault occurs at this time, so that the path does not take link b ⁇ a as a segment of the path. Therefore, for different nodes, the second path is different.
  • a pair of nodes to be processed are connected by a link between two nodes to be processed, and the node to be processed determined as described above (or, in the first The first node (here, node a) is not included in the node affected by the link failure or failure recovery.
  • the node b may use the node in the pair of nodes to be processed as the node to be processed, and the node b may determine a handover threshold (path cost change value) of the to-be-processed node, where the "switching threshold" refers to triggering path switching.
  • the critical value that is, when the link cost of link b ⁇ a is greater than the handover threshold, the affected node does not select the path including link b ⁇ a as the optimal path to node a, when link b
  • the link cost of ⁇ a is less than the handover threshold, the affected node selects the path including link b ⁇ a as the optimal path to node a.
  • the total link cost (second path cost) of the to-be-processed node on the optimal path when the first link fails, and the optimal path when the first link is normal may be used.
  • the node b may perform multiple (at least two) adjustments on the link cost of the link b ⁇ a according to the threshold value corresponding to each to-be-processed node determined as described above, so that after each adjustment, For the previous hop node and the next hop node on the same path, the optimal path is not switched at the same time.
  • the node b can adjust the link overhead of the link b ⁇ a from the preset maximum value (for example, 16777215) to the normal value (here, 10).
  • the network device performs at least two adjustments on the link cost of the first link according to the path cost change value of the to-be-processed node, including:
  • the network device determines N target nodes from the to-be-processed node
  • the network device adjusts the link cost of the first link N times according to the path cost change value of each target node.
  • the number of adjustments may be determined according to the number of nodes to be processed.
  • the determining, by the network device, the at least one target node from the to-be-processed node, the method includes: the network device as the N target nodes.
  • the number of adjustments may be the same as the number of nodes to be processed.
  • the number of nodes to be processed is 8, and therefore, for example, 8 times, for example, optionally, the network device changes the value of the path cost of each target node to the chain of the first link.
  • the road cost is adjusted N times, including:
  • the network device When the first link recovers from the fault, the network device performs a first sorting process on the path cost change value of each target node in a decreasing manner;
  • the network device adjusts the link cost of the first link N times, so that the difference between the link cost of the first link after the i-th adjustment and the link cost when the first link is normal is less than or equal to
  • the first value is greater than the second value, where the first value is the i-th path cost change value after the first sorting process, and the second value is the i-th 1 after the first sorting process Path cost change value.
  • the network device determines, from the to-be-processed node, the at least one target node, including:
  • the network device determines N target nodes from the to-be-processed nodes, and the path cost change values of the N target nodes are different from each other.
  • the switching thresholds of the nodes to be processed are different, but the switching thresholds of the nodes to be processed are not duplicated.
  • the switching thresholds of the nodes to be processed are repeated, only A pending node whose switching threshold has been repeated is reserved, or only one of the repeated switching thresholds may be reserved.
  • Node b can sort the switching thresholds of the target node in descending order, that is, the following sorting order can be obtained:
  • switching threshold for node b switching threshold for node b
  • 110 switching threshold for node c
  • 100 switching threshold for node g and node h
  • 90 switching threshold for node d
  • 80 switching threshold for node i
  • 70 switching threshold for node e
  • 60 switching threshold for node j
  • 50 switching threshold for node f
  • node b can adjust the link overhead of link b ⁇ a 8 times (the number of times is the same as the number of handover thresholds that do not overlap each other in Table 1).
  • the link cost of the link b ⁇ a that is first adjusted and released may be any value less than 130 (120 + 10) and greater than 120 (110 + 10), for example, 125 (115 + 10), after the first time After adjustment, only node b will switch the optimal path to node a to path 2 (including link b ⁇ a),
  • the link cost change (115) of the link b ⁇ a after the first adjustment is greater than the switching threshold of the node c and the node g, therefore, the node c does not switch the optimal path to the node a to the path 6,
  • the node g does not switch the optimal path to the node a to the path 17, thereby avoiding the relationship between the node c and the node b or the node g due to the hardware capability of the node g or the node c and the processing environment being better than the node b.
  • a microring phenomenon occurs between the node b and the node b.
  • the link cost of the link b ⁇ a adjusted and released for the second time may be any value less than 120 (110 + 10) and greater than 110 (100 + 10), for example, 115 (105 + 10), after the second time
  • node c will switch the optimal path to node a to path 6 (including link b ⁇ a), because the link cost change (105) of the link b ⁇ a after the second adjustment is greater than the node.
  • the switching threshold of d therefore, node d does not switch the optimal path to node a to path 9, thereby avoiding the relationship between node d and node c due to the hardware capability of node d and the processing environment being better than node c.
  • a microring phenomenon occurs.
  • the node b has switched the optimal path to the node a to the path 2 after the first adjustment, the microring phenomenon does not occur between the node b and the node c.
  • the link cost of the link b ⁇ a adjusted and released for the third time may be any value less than 110 (100 + 10) and greater than 100 (90 + 10), for example, 105 (95 + 10), after the third time
  • node g will switch the optimal path to node a to path 17 (including link b ⁇ a), since the link cost change (95) of the link b ⁇ a after the third adjustment is greater than the node.
  • the switching threshold of i therefore, node i does not switch the optimal path to node a to path 23, thereby avoiding the relationship between node i and node g due to the hardware capability of node i and the processing environment being better than node g A microring phenomenon occurs.
  • the microring phenomenon does not occur between the node b and the node g.
  • the handover threshold of the node h and the handover threshold of the node g are both 100. Therefore, the node h and the node g simultaneously switch the optimal link to the node a. However, since the handover threshold of the node h is the same as the handover threshold of the node g, it is indicated that in the path 19 and the path 20, the node h is the previous hop node of the node g, so there is no micro-ring problem between the node h and the node g. .
  • the link cost of the link b ⁇ a adjusted and released for the fourth time may be any value less than 100 (90 + 10) and greater than 90 (80 + 10), for example, 95 (85 + 10), after the fourth time
  • node d will switch the optimal path to node a to path 9 (including link b ⁇ a), because the link cost change (85) of link b ⁇ a after the fourth adjustment is greater than the node.
  • the switching threshold of e therefore, the node e does not switch the optimal path to the node a to the path 12, thereby avoiding the node e
  • the hardware capability and processing environment are better than the node d, which causes a microring phenomenon between the node e and the node d.
  • the micro-ring phenomenon does not occur between the node c and the node d.
  • the link cost of link b ⁇ a which is adjusted and released for the fifth time, can be any value less than 90 (80 + 10) and greater than 80 (70+ 10), for example, 85 (75 + 10), after the fifth time
  • node i will switch the optimal path to node a to path 23 (including link b ⁇ a), because the link cost change (75) of link b ⁇ a after the fifth adjustment is greater than the node.
  • the switching threshold of j therefore, node j does not switch the optimal path to node a to path 26, thereby avoiding the relationship between node j and node i due to the hardware capability of node j and the processing environment being better than node i A microring phenomenon occurs.
  • the micro-ring phenomenon does not occur between the node g and the node i.
  • the link cost of link b ⁇ a which is adjusted and released for the sixth time, can be any value less than 80 (70 + 10) and greater than 70 (60+ 10), for example, 75 (65 + 10), after the sixth time.
  • node e will switch the optimal path to node a to path 12 (including link 1) ⁇ 3), because the link cost change (65) of link b ⁇ a after the sixth adjustment is greater than The switching threshold of the node f, therefore, the node f does not switch the optimal path to the node a to the path 15, thereby avoiding the node f and the node e due to the hardware capability of the node f and the processing environment being better than the node e A microring phenomenon occurs between them. Moreover, since the node d has switched the optimal path to the node a to the path 9 after the fourth adjustment, the micro-ring phenomenon does not occur between the node d and the node e.
  • the link cost of the link b ⁇ a adjusted and released for the seventh time may be any value less than 70 (60+10) and greater than 60 (50 + 10), for example, 65 (55 + 10), after the seventh time
  • node j will switch the optimal path to node a to path 26 (including link b ⁇ a), since node i has switched the optimal path to node a to path 23 after the fifth adjustment, Therefore, the micro-ring phenomenon does not occur between the node i and the node j.
  • the link cost of link b ⁇ a which is adjusted and released for the eighth time, can be any value less than 60 (50 + 10), for example, 55 (45 + 10).
  • node f will The optimal path of node a is switched to path 15 (including link 1) ⁇ 3). Since node e has switched the optimal path to node a to path 12 after the sixth adjustment, node e and node f
  • the network device adjusts the link cost of a link N times according to the path cost change value of each target node, including: When the first link recovers from the fault, the network device performs a second sorting process on the path cost change value of each target node in an incremental manner;
  • the network device adjusts the link cost of the first link N times, so that the difference between the link cost of the first link after the i-th adjustment and the link cost when the first link is normal is smaller than the first
  • the third value is greater than the fourth value, wherein the third value is the Nth_1 + 1 path cost change value after the second sorting process, and the fourth value is the Nth after the second sorting process - i path cost change values.
  • the network device determines, from the to-be-processed node, the at least one target node, including:
  • the network device determines N target nodes from the to-be-processed nodes, and the path cost change values of the N target nodes are different from each other.
  • the switching thresholds of the nodes to be processed are different, but the switching thresholds of the nodes to be processed are not duplicated.
  • the switching thresholds of the nodes to be processed are repeated, only A pending node whose switching threshold has been repeated is reserved, or only one of the repeated switching thresholds may be reserved.
  • Node b can sort the switching thresholds of the target node in increasing order, that is, the following sorting order can be obtained:
  • switching threshold of node f switching threshold of node f
  • 60 switching threshold of node j
  • 70 switching threshold of node e
  • 80 switching threshold of node i
  • 90 switching threshold of node d
  • 100 node g and Switching threshold for node h
  • 110 switching threshold for node c
  • 120 switching threshold for node b
  • node b can adjust the link overhead of link b ⁇ a 8 times (the number of times is the same as the number of handover thresholds that do not overlap each other in Table 1).
  • the link cost of the link b ⁇ a that is first adjusted and released may be any value less than 130 (120 + 10) and greater than 120 (110 + 10), for example, 125 (115 + 10), after the first time
  • only node b will switch the optimal path to node a to path 2 (including link b ⁇ a), because the link cost change (115) of link b ⁇ a after the first adjustment is greater than
  • the switching threshold of node c and node g therefore, node c does not switch the optimal path to node a to path 6, and node g does not switch the optimal path to node a to path 17, thereby enabling Avoid micro-ring phenomenon between node c and node b or between node g and node b because the hardware capability and processing environment of node g or node c are better than node b.
  • the link cost of link b ⁇ a that is adjusted and released for the second time can be less than 120 (110 + 10) And any value greater than 110 (100 + 10), for example, 115 (105 + 10), after the second adjustment, node c will switch the optimal path to node a to path 6 (including link b ⁇ a) ), since the link cost change (105) of the link b ⁇ a after the second adjustment is greater than the switching threshold of the node d, the node d does not switch the optimal path to the node a to the path 9, thereby The micro-ring phenomenon between the node d and the node c can be avoided due to the hardware capability of the node d and the processing environment being better than the node c. Moreover, since the node b has switched the optimal path to the node a to the path 2 after the first adjustment, the micro-ring phenomenon does not occur between the node b and the node c.
  • the link cost of the link b ⁇ a that is adjusted and released for the third time can be any value less than 110 (100+ 10) and greater than 100 (90+ 10), for example, 105 (95 + 10), after the third time
  • node g will switch the optimal path to node a to path 17 (including link b ⁇ a), since the link cost change (95) of the link b ⁇ a after the third adjustment is greater than the node.
  • the switching threshold of i therefore, node i does not switch the optimal path to node a to path 23, thereby avoiding the relationship between node i and node g due to the hardware capability of node i and the processing environment being better than node g A microring phenomenon occurs.
  • the microring phenomenon does not occur between the node b and the node g.
  • the handover threshold of the node h and the handover threshold of the node g are both 100. Therefore, the node h and the node g simultaneously switch the optimal link to the node a. However, since the handover threshold of the node h is the same as the handover threshold of the node g, it is indicated that in the path 19 and the path 20, the node h is the previous hop node of the node g, so there is no micro-ring problem between the node h and the node g. .
  • the link cost of link b ⁇ a which is adjusted and released for the fourth time, can be any value less than 100 (90 + 10) and greater than 90 (80+ 10), for example, 95 (85 + 10), after the fourth time
  • node d will switch the optimal path to node a to path 9 (including link b ⁇ a), because the link cost change (85) of link b ⁇ a after the fourth adjustment is greater than the node.
  • the switching threshold of e therefore, node e does not switch the optimal path to node a to path 12, thereby avoiding the relationship between node e and node d due to the hardware capability of node e and the processing environment being better than node d A microring phenomenon occurs.
  • the micro-ring phenomenon does not occur between the node c and the node d.
  • the link cost of link b ⁇ a which is adjusted and released for the fifth time, can be any value less than 90 (80+ 10) and greater than 80 (70+ 10), for example, 85 (75 + 10), after the fifth time
  • node i will switch the optimal path to node a to path 23 (including link b ⁇ a), due to the fifth
  • the link cost change (75) of the second adjusted link b ⁇ a is greater than the switching threshold of the node j. Therefore, the node j does not switch the optimal path to the node a to the path 26, thereby avoiding the node j
  • the hardware capability and processing environment are better than node i, which causes micro-ring phenomenon between node j and node i. And, since the node g has switched the optimal path to the node a to the path 17 after the third adjustment, the micro-ring phenomenon does not occur between the node g and the node i.
  • the link cost of link b ⁇ a which is adjusted and released for the sixth time, can be any value less than 80 (70 + 10) and greater than 70 (60+ 10), for example, 75 (65 + 10), after the sixth time.
  • node e will switch the optimal path to node a to path 12 (including link 1) ⁇ 3), because the link cost change ( 65 ) of link b ⁇ a after the sixth adjustment is greater than The switching threshold of the node f, therefore, the node f does not switch the optimal path to the node a to the path 15, thereby avoiding the node f and the node e due to the hardware capability of the node f and the processing environment being better than the node e A microring phenomenon occurs between them. Moreover, since the node d has switched the optimal path to the node a to the path 9 after the fourth adjustment, the micro-ring phenomenon does not occur between the node d and the node e.
  • the link cost of the link b ⁇ a adjusted and released for the seventh time may be any value less than 70 (60+10) and greater than 60 (50 + 10), for example, 65 (55 + 10), after the seventh time
  • node j will switch the optimal path to node a to path 26 (including link b ⁇ a), since node i has switched the optimal path to node a to path 23 after the fifth adjustment, Therefore, the micro-ring phenomenon does not occur between the node i and the node j.
  • the link cost of link b ⁇ a which is adjusted and released for the eighth time, can be any value less than 60 (50 + 10), for example, 55 (45 + 10).
  • node f will The optimal path of node a is switched to path 15 (including link 1) ⁇ 3). Since node e has switched the optimal path to node a to path 12 after the sixth adjustment, node e and node f
  • the embodiment of determining the number of adjustments according to the node to be processed is listed, but the present invention is not limited thereto. For example, when the link b ⁇ a recovers from the failure, the adjustment may be performed once. And causing the next hop node on the first path of the two or more pairs of pending nodes to switch the optimal path to the first path before the previous hop node. As an implementation method, the following actions can be performed.
  • the network device optionally adjusts the link cost of the first link at least twice according to the path cost change value of the to-be-processed node, including:
  • the network device determines the adjustment range of each node to be processed according to the path cost change value of each node to be processed, where the adjustment range of a node to be processed is less than or equal to the path of the node to be processed.
  • the path cost change value is greater than or equal to the path cost change value of the reference node of the to-be-processed node, and the reference node of the to-be-processed node is the path cost change value of the node to be processed in the previous hop node on each first path.
  • the network device adjusts the link overhead of the first link at least twice according to the adjustment range of the to-be-processed node.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic topological diagram of a reverse optimal path prioritization algorithm when the first node is used as a root in the communication system to which the method for adjusting link overhead is applied according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the digital identifier in FIG. 3 identifies the handover threshold of the node to be processed.
  • the link b ⁇ a recovers from the fault, it is necessary to ensure that the next hop node in each pair of pending nodes (the hop count from the node a is smaller) precedes the previous hop node (the number of hops from the node a is higher.
  • the reverse shortest path first (RSPF) algorithm is used to calculate the path cost of each node to the root node (first node).
  • the RSPF algorithm uses the RSPF algorithm to calculate the cost value D ( i, min ) from each node to the root node.
  • a cost ( i, max ) D(i, max) - D ( i, min ).
  • ⁇ cost ( i, min ) MAX ⁇ ⁇ cost ( j , max ) ⁇ , where node j is the son node of node i under normal conditions of the first link (or node j is node i in the first path) The last hop node).
  • the range of cost values (ie, the adjustment range) of the first link that needs to be adjusted for the anti-micro ring switching of the node i is ⁇ . ( ⁇ ( i, min ) +K, A cost ( i, max ) + K>, where K is the cost value when the first link is normal.
  • the adjustment range of node g is [80, 100]
  • the adjustment range of node c is [90, 110]
  • node g constitutes
  • the switching threshold of the node of the pair of nodes to be processed is not between the switching thresholds of node c and node d. (That is, the switching threshold of the node b is greater than 110, and the switching threshold of the node i is 80 is less than 90).
  • the link overhead is adjusted to enable the node c to switch the optimal path, the node g can be switched at the same time.
  • the nodes (, the node d, the node e, and the node f need to be sequentially switched in the order of the hops from the node a, and The node g, the node i, and the node j also need to be switched in order from the hop count of the node a. Therefore, for the nodes respectively located on the two paths, there may be an initial adjustment to the most The situation of the excellent path.
  • the handover threshold (i.e., 100) of node g falls between a handover threshold of a pair of nodes to be processed (i.e., node c and node d) (i.e., [90, 110]).
  • the switching threshold of the node g constituting the node pair to be processed is not between the switching thresholds of the node c and the node d (that is, the switching threshold of the node b is greater than 110, and the switching threshold of the node i is 80 less than 90).
  • the link overhead is adjusted so that the node c switches the optimal path, the node g can be switched at the same time.
  • node i and node d can switch the optimal path at the same time
  • node j and node e can switch the optimal path at the same time.
  • node g, node i, and node j can be deleted from the node to be processed as a non-target node.
  • the following methods can be used to determine non-target nodes from the nodes to be processed.
  • each node in the OutPutList is the target node.
  • each node in the OutPutList determined by the above method is a node b, a node c, a node d, a node e, and a node f.
  • the switching thresholds of the nodes in the OutPutList may be sorted (incremented or decremented), and the link cost of the link b ⁇ a is adjusted and released according to the switching thresholds, and the specific process may be processed according to the foregoing
  • the process of adjusting and releasing the link cost of the link b ⁇ a is similar to the switching threshold of the node.
  • the description thereof is omitted.
  • the network device adjusts the link cost of the first link N times according to the path cost change value of each target node, including:
  • the network device When the first link recovers from the fault, the network device performs a first sorting process on the path cost change value of each target node in a decreasing manner;
  • the network device adjusts the link cost of the first link N times, so that the difference between the link cost of the first link after the i-th adjustment and the link cost when the first link is normal is smaller than the first a value that is greater than the second value, wherein the first value is an i-th path cost change value after the first sorting process,
  • the second value is the largest value among the path cost change values of the first target nodes, and the first target node and the second target node form a pair of pending nodes, and the first target node is in the first path. a previous hop node of the second target node, where the second target node is a node corresponding to the i-th path cost change value after the first sorting process.
  • T is the section included in the OutPutList.
  • the number of points, as described above, in system 200, T is five.
  • the link cost of the link b ⁇ a that is first adjusted and released may be any value less than 130 (120 + 10) and greater than 120 (110 + 10), for example, 121 (111 + 10), by the first
  • the link cost of link b ⁇ a may be any value less than 130 (120 + 10) and greater than 120 (110 + 10), for example, 121 (111 + 10), by the first
  • node b will switch the optimal path to node a to path 2 (including link b ⁇ a), due to the change in link cost of link b ⁇ a after the first adjustment ( 111 ) is greater than the switching threshold of node c and node g, therefore, node c does not switch the optimal path to node a to path 6, and node g does not switch the optimal path to node a to path 17, thus It can be avoided that the micro-ring phenomenon occurs between node c and node b or between node g and node b because the hardware capability and processing environment of node g or node c are better than no
  • the link cost of the link b ⁇ a adjusted and released for the second time may be any value less than 120 (110 + 10) and greater than 100 (90 + 10), for example, 101 (91 + 10), after the second time
  • node c will switch the optimal path to node a to path 6 (including link b ⁇ a)
  • node g will switch the optimal path to node a to path 17 (including link b ⁇ a).
  • the node d Since the link cost change (91) of the link b ⁇ a after the second adjustment is greater than the handover threshold of the node d, the node d does not switch the optimal path to the node a to the path 9, thereby enabling Avoid micro-ring phenomenon between node d and node c because the hardware capability and processing environment of node d are better than node c. Moreover, since the node b has switched the optimal path to the node a to the path 2 after the first adjustment, the microring phenomenon does not occur between the node b and the node c.
  • the node i since the link cost change (91) of the link b ⁇ a after the second adjustment is greater than the handover threshold of the node i, the node i does not switch the optimal path to the node a to the path 23, thereby The micro-ring phenomenon between node i and node g can be avoided due to the hardware capability of the node i and the processing environment being better than the node g. Also, since the node b has switched the optimal path to the node a to the path 2 after the first adjustment, the microring phenomenon does not occur between the node b and the node g.
  • the node c has only one child node, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the adjusted The link cost of link b ⁇ a is greater than the largest value of the path cost change value of each child node of node c.
  • the handover threshold of the node h and the handover threshold of the node g are both 100. Therefore, the node h and the node g simultaneously switch the optimal link to the node a.
  • the handover threshold of the node h is the same as the handover threshold of the node g, it is indicated that in the path 19 and the path 20, the node h is the previous hop node of the node g, so the node h and the node g are not There is a microring problem.
  • the link cost of the link b ⁇ a adjusted and released for the third time may be any value less than 100 (90 + 10) and greater than 80 (70 + 10), for example, 81 (71 + 10), after the third time
  • node d will switch the optimal path to node a to path 9 (including link b ⁇ a), because the link cost change (71) of the link b ⁇ a after the third adjustment is greater than the node.
  • the switching threshold of e therefore, node e does not switch the optimal path to node a to path 12, thereby avoiding the relationship between node e and node d due to the hardware capability of node e and the processing environment being better than node d A microring phenomenon occurs.
  • the micro-ring phenomenon does not occur between the node c and the node d.
  • node i will switch the optimal path to node a to path 23 (including link b ⁇ a), due to the link cost of link b ⁇ a after the third adjustment.
  • the change (71) is greater than the switching threshold of the node j. Therefore, the node j does not switch the optimal path to the node a to the path 26, thereby avoiding the node due to the hardware capability of the node j and the processing environment being better than the node i.
  • a microring phenomenon occurs between j and node i.
  • the node g has switched the optimal path to the node a to the path 17 after the second adjustment, the micro-ring phenomenon does not occur between the node g and the node i.
  • the node d has only one child node, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the adjusted The link cost of link b ⁇ a is greater than the largest value of the path cost change value of each child node of node d.
  • the link cost of the link b ⁇ a adjusted and released for the fourth time may be any value less than 80 (70 + 10) and greater than 60 (50 + 10), for example, 61 ( 51 + 10 ), after the fourth time
  • node e will switch the optimal path to node a to path 12 (including link 1) ⁇ & ), since the link cost change ( 61 ) of the link b ⁇ a after the fourth adjustment is greater than
  • the switching threshold of the node f therefore, the node f does not switch the optimal path to the node a to the path 15, thereby avoiding the node f and the node e due to the hardware capability of the node f and the processing environment being better than the node e. A microring phenomenon occurs between them.
  • the node e has only one child node.
  • the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the link cost of the adjusted link b ⁇ a may be greater than the largest path cost change value of each child node of the node e. value.
  • the link cost of link b ⁇ a which is adjusted and released for the fifth time, can be any value less than 60 ( 50 + 10 ), for example, 55 ( 45 + 10 ).
  • node f will The optimal path of node a is switched to path 15 (including link 1) ⁇ 3). Since node e has switched the optimal path to node a to path 12 after the fourth adjustment, node e and node f The micro-rings do not occur in the same way.
  • the switching thresholds of the nodes in the OutPutList can be arranged in an ascending order and adjusted. The process is similar to the above process. Here, in order to avoid redundancy, the description is omitted.
  • the network device adjusts the link cost of the first link N times according to the path cost change value of each target node, including:
  • the network device When the first link recovers from the failure, the network device performs a second sorting process on the path cost change value of each target node in an incremental manner;
  • the network device adjusts the link cost of the first link N times, so that the difference between the link cost of the first link after the i-th adjustment and the link cost when the first link is normal is smaller than the first
  • the third value is greater than the fourth value, wherein the third value is the Nth_1 + 1 path cost change value after the second sorting process.
  • the fourth value is the largest value among the path cost change values of the third target nodes, and the third target node and the fourth target node form a pair of pending nodes, and the third target node is in the first path. a previous hop node of the fourth target node, where the fourth target node is a node corresponding to the Nth_1 + 1 path cost change value after the second sorting process.
  • the method for adjusting the link overhead by performing the deletion processing on the node to be processed, the number of times of processing can be reduced, and the efficiency of the adjustment can be improved, thereby improving the practicability of the adjustment.
  • the node b can adjust the link overhead of the link b ⁇ a from the normal value (here, 10) to the preset highest value (for example, 16777215).
  • the network device performs at least two adjustments on the link cost of the first link according to the path cost change value of the to-be-processed node, including:
  • the network device determines N target nodes from the to-be-processed node; The network device adjusts the link cost of the first link N times according to the path cost change value of each target node.
  • the number of adjustments (the same as the number N of target nodes) may be determined according to the number of nodes to be processed.
  • the network device determines, from the to-be-processed node, the at least one target node, where: the network device uses all of the to-be-processed nodes as the N target nodes.
  • the number of adjustments may be the same as the number of nodes to be processed.
  • the number of nodes to be processed is 8, and therefore, for example, 8 times, for example, optionally, the network device changes the value of the path cost of each target node to the chain of the first link.
  • the road cost is adjusted N times, including:
  • the network device When the first link fails, the network device performs a fourth sorting process on the path cost change value of each target node in a decreasing manner;
  • the network device adjusts the link cost of the first link N times, so that the difference between the link cost of the first link after the i-th adjustment and the link cost when the first link is normal is greater than
  • the seventh value is less than the eighth value, wherein the seventh value is the N - i + 1 path cost change value after the fourth sorting process, and the eighth value is the Nth after the fourth sorting process _ i path cost change values.
  • the network device determines, from the to-be-processed node, the at least one target node, including:
  • the network device determines N target nodes from the to-be-processed nodes, and the path cost change values of the N target nodes are different from each other.
  • the switching thresholds of the nodes to be processed are different, but the switching thresholds of the nodes to be processed are not duplicated.
  • the switching thresholds of the nodes to be processed are repeated, only A pending node whose switching threshold has been repeated is reserved, or only one of the repeated switching thresholds may be reserved.
  • Node b can sort the switching thresholds of the target node in descending order, that is, the following sorting order can be obtained:
  • the node b can adjust the link overhead of the link b ⁇ a 8 times (the number of times is the same as the number of handover thresholds not repeated in Table 1).
  • the link cost of the link b ⁇ a that is adjusted and released for the first time can be any value less than 70 (60 + 10) and greater than 60 (50+ 10), for example, 65 (55 + 10), after the first time
  • only node f will switch the optimal path to node a to path 13 (excluding link b ⁇ a), due to the change in link cost of link b ⁇ a after the first adjustment (55) It is smaller than the switching threshold of the node e. Therefore, the node e does not switch the optimal path to the node a to the path 10, thereby avoiding the node e and the node f due to the hardware capability of the node e and the processing environment being better than the node f. A microring phenomenon occurs between them.
  • the link cost of the second adjusted and released link b ⁇ a can be any value less than 80 (70 + 10) and greater than 70 (60+ 10), for example, 75 (65 + 10), after the second time
  • node j will switch the optimal path to node a to path 25 (excluding link b ⁇ a), because the link cost change (65) of link b ⁇ a after the second adjustment is less than
  • the switching threshold of the node i therefore, the node i does not switch the optimal path to the node a to the path 110, thereby avoiding the node i and the node j due to the hardware capability of the node i and the processing environment being better than the node j A microring phenomenon occurs between them.
  • the link cost of link b ⁇ a which is adjusted and released for the third time, can be any value less than 90 (80 + 10) and greater than 80 (70+ 10), for example, 85 (75 + 10), after the third time
  • node e will switch the optimal path to node a to path 10 (excluding link b ⁇ a), because the link cost change (75) of link b ⁇ a after the third adjustment is less than
  • the switching threshold of the node d therefore, the node d does not switch the optimal path to the node a to the path 7, thereby avoiding the node d and the node e due to the hardware capability of the node d and the processing environment being better than the node e A microring phenomenon occurs between them.
  • the node f since the node f has switched the optimal path to the node a to the path 13 after the first adjustment, the micro-ring phenomenon does not occur between the node e and the node f.
  • the link cost of link b ⁇ a which is adjusted and released for the fourth time, can be any value less than 100 (90 + 10) and greater than 90 (80+ 10), for example, 95 (85 + 10), after the fourth time
  • node i will switch the optimal path to node a to path 22 (excluding link b ⁇ a), because the link cost change (85) of link b ⁇ a after the fourth adjustment is less than
  • the switching threshold of the node g therefore, the node g does not switch the optimal path to the node a to the path 16, thereby avoiding the node g and the node i due to the hardware capability of the node g and the processing environment being better than the node i A microring phenomenon occurs between them.
  • the link cost of link b ⁇ a which is adjusted and released for the fifth time, can be any value less than 110 (100+ 10) and greater than 100 (90+ 10), for example, 105 (95 + 10), after the fifth time
  • node d will switch the optimal path to node a to path 7 (excluding link b ⁇ a), because the link cost change (95) of link b ⁇ a after the fifth adjustment is less than
  • the switching threshold of the node c therefore, the node c does not switch the optimal path to the node a to the path 4, thereby avoiding the node c and the node d due to the hardware capability of the node c and the processing environment being better than the node d A microring phenomenon occurs between them.
  • the node e has switched the optimal path to the node a to the path
  • the link cost of link b ⁇ a which is adjusted and released for the sixth time, can be any value less than 120 (110+10) and greater than 110 (100 + 10), for example, 115 (105 + 10), after the sixth time
  • node g will switch the optimal path to node a to path 16 (excluding link b ⁇ a), since the link cost change (105) of link b ⁇ a after the sixth adjustment is less than The switching threshold of the node b, therefore, the node b does not switch the optimal path to the node a to the path 1, thereby avoiding the node b and the node g due to the hardware capability of the node b and the processing environment being better than the node g. A microring phenomenon occurs between them. Moreover, since the node i has switched the optimal path to the node a to the path 22 after the fourth adjustment, the micro-ring phenomenon does not occur between the node g and the node i.
  • the handover threshold of the node h and the handover threshold of the node g are both 100. Therefore, the node h and the node g simultaneously switch the optimal link to the node a. However, since the handover threshold of the node h is the same as the handover threshold of the node g, it is indicated that in the path 19 and the path 20, the node h is the previous hop node of the node g, so there is no micro-ring problem between the node h and the node g. .
  • the link cost of the link b ⁇ a adjusted and released for the seventh time may be any value less than 130 (120 + 10) and greater than 120 (110 + 10), for example, 125 (115 + 10), after the seventh time
  • node c will switch the optimal path to node a to path 4 (excluding link b ⁇ a), because the link cost change (115) of link b ⁇ a after the seventh adjustment is less than The switching threshold of the node b, therefore, the node b does not switch the optimal path to the node a to the path 1, thereby avoiding the node b and the node c due to the hardware capability of the node b and the processing environment being better than the node c. A microring phenomenon occurs between them. Moreover, since node d has switched the optimal path to node a to path 7 after the fifth adjustment, micro-ring phenomenon does not occur between node c and node d.
  • the link cost of link b ⁇ a which is adjusted and released for the eighth time, can be any value greater than 130 (120 + 10), for example, 130 (125 + 10).
  • node b will Node a
  • the optimal path is switched to path 1 (excluding link b ⁇ a). Since node g has switched the optimal path to node a to path 16 after the sixth adjustment, node b and node g are not A microring phenomenon will occur. Moreover, since the node c has switched the optimal path to the node a to the path 4 after the seventh adjustment, the micro-ring phenomenon does not occur between the node b and the node c.
  • the network device performs N times adjustment on the link cost of the first link according to the path cost change value of each target node, including:
  • the network device When the first link fails, the network device performs a third sorting process on the path cost change value of each target node in an incremental manner;
  • the network device adjusts the link cost of the first link N times, so that the difference between the link cost of the first link after the i-th adjustment and the link cost when the first link is normal is greater than
  • the fifth value is less than the sixth value, wherein the fifth value is the i-th path cost change value after the third sorting process, and the sixth value is the i-th path after the third sorting process
  • the cost change value is the cost change value.
  • the network device determines, from the to-be-processed node, the at least one target node, including:
  • the network device determines N target nodes from the to-be-processed nodes, and the path cost change values of the N target nodes are different from each other.
  • the switching thresholds of the nodes to be processed are different, but the switching thresholds of the nodes to be processed are not duplicated.
  • the switching thresholds of the nodes to be processed are repeated, only A pending node whose switching threshold has been repeated is reserved, or only one of the repeated switching thresholds may be reserved.
  • Node b can sort the switching thresholds of the target node in increasing order, that is, the following sorting order can be obtained:
  • switching threshold of node f switching threshold of node f
  • 60 switching threshold of node j
  • 70 switching threshold of node e
  • 80 switching threshold of node i
  • 90 switching threshold of node d
  • 100 node g and Switching threshold for node h
  • 110 switching threshold for node c
  • 120 switching threshold for node b
  • node b can adjust the link overhead of link b ⁇ a 8 times (the number of times is the same as the number of handover thresholds that do not overlap each other in Table 1).
  • the link cost of the link b ⁇ a that is first adjusted and released may be any value less than 70 (60 + 10) and greater than 60 (50 + 10), for example, 65 ( 55 + 10 ), after the first time
  • only node f will switch the optimal path to node a to path 13 (excluding link b ⁇ a), due to the change in link cost of link b ⁇ a after the first adjustment (55)
  • Less than the switching threshold of node e Therefore, the node e does not switch the optimal path to the node a to the path 10, so that the micro-ring phenomenon between the node e and the node f can be avoided due to the hardware capability of the node e and the processing environment being better than the node f.
  • the link cost of the second adjusted and released link b ⁇ a can be any value less than 80 (70+ 10) and greater than 70 (60 + 10), for example, 75 (65 + 10), after the second time
  • node j will switch the optimal path to node a to path 25 (excluding link b ⁇ a), because the link cost change (65) of link b ⁇ a after the second adjustment is less than
  • the switching threshold of the node i therefore, the node i does not switch the optimal path to the node a to the path 110, thereby avoiding the node i and the node j due to the hardware capability of the node i and the processing environment being better than the node j A microring phenomenon occurs between them.
  • the link cost of link b ⁇ a which is adjusted and released for the third time, can be any value less than 90 (80 + 10) and greater than 80 (70+ 10), for example, 85 (75 + 10), after the third time
  • node e will switch the optimal path to node a to path 10 (excluding link b ⁇ a), because the link cost change (75) of link b ⁇ a after the third adjustment is less than
  • the switching threshold of the node d therefore, the node d does not switch the optimal path to the node a to the path 7, thereby avoiding the node d and the node e due to the hardware capability of the node d and the processing environment being better than the node e A microring phenomenon occurs between them.
  • the node f since the node f has switched the optimal path to the node a to the path 13 after the first adjustment, the micro-ring phenomenon does not occur between the node e and the node f.
  • the link cost of link b ⁇ a which is adjusted and released for the fourth time, can be any value less than 100 (90 + 10) and greater than 90 (80+ 10), for example, 95 (85 + 10), after the fourth time
  • node i will switch the optimal path to node a to path 22 (excluding link b ⁇ a), because the link cost change (85) of link b ⁇ a after the fourth adjustment is less than
  • the switching threshold of the node g therefore, the node g does not switch the optimal path to the node a to the path 16, thereby avoiding the node g and the node i due to the hardware capability of the node g and the processing environment being better than the node i A microring phenomenon occurs between them.
  • the node j since the node j has switched the optimal path to the node a to the path 25 after the second adjustment, the micro-ring phenomenon does not occur between the node i and the node j.
  • the link cost of link b ⁇ a which is adjusted and released for the fifth time, can be any value less than 110 (100+ 10) and greater than 100 (90+ 10), for example, 105 (95 + 10), after the fifth time
  • node d will switch the optimal path to node a to path 7 (excluding link b ⁇ a), because the link cost change (95) of link b ⁇ a after the fifth adjustment is less than
  • the switching threshold of the node c therefore, the node c does not switch the optimal path to the node a to the path 4, thereby avoiding the node c and the node d due to the hardware capability of the node c and the processing environment being better than the node d Micro-interval Ring phenomenon.
  • the micro-ring phenomenon does not occur between the node d and the node e.
  • the link cost of link b ⁇ a which is adjusted and released for the sixth time, may be any value less than 120 (110 + 10) and greater than 110 (100 + 10), for example, 115 (105 + 10), after the sixth time
  • node g will switch the optimal path to node a to path 16 (excluding link b ⁇ a), since the link cost change (105) of link b ⁇ a after the sixth adjustment is less than The switching threshold of the node b, therefore, the node b does not switch the optimal path to the node a to the path 1, thereby avoiding the node b and the node g due to the hardware capability of the node b and the processing environment being better than the node g. A microring phenomenon occurs between them. Moreover, since the node i has switched the optimal path to the node a to the path 22 after the fourth adjustment, the micro-ring phenomenon does not occur between the node g and the node i.
  • the handover threshold of the node h and the handover threshold of the node g are both 100. Therefore, the node h and the node g simultaneously switch the optimal link to the node a. However, since the handover threshold of the node h is the same as the handover threshold of the node g, it is indicated that in the path 19 and the path 20, the node h is the previous hop node of the node g, so there is no micro-ring problem between the node h and the node g. .
  • the link cost of the link b ⁇ a adjusted and released for the seventh time may be any value less than 130 (120 + 10) and greater than 120 (110 + 10), for example, 125 (115 + 10), after the seventh time
  • node c will switch the optimal path to node a to path 4 (excluding link b ⁇ a), because the link cost change (115) of link b ⁇ a after the seventh adjustment is less than The switching threshold of the node b, therefore, the node b does not switch the optimal path to the node a to the path 1, thereby avoiding the node b and the node c due to the hardware capability of the node b and the processing environment being better than the node c. A microring phenomenon occurs between them. Moreover, since node d has switched the optimal path to node a to path 7 after the fifth adjustment, micro-ring phenomenon does not occur between node c and node d.
  • the link cost of link b ⁇ a which is adjusted and released for the eighth time, can be any value greater than 130 (120 + 10), for example, 130 (125 + 10).
  • node b will The optimal path of node a is switched to path 1 (excluding link b ⁇ a). Since node g has switched the optimal path to node a to path 16 after the sixth adjustment, node b and node g There is no microring phenomenon between them. Moreover, since the node c has switched the optimal path to the node a to the path 4 after the seventh adjustment, the microring phenomenon does not occur between the node b and the node c.
  • the link b ⁇ a fails, two adjustments can be made to make two Or the previous hop node on the first path of the two or more pairs of pending nodes migrates the optimal path out of the first path before the next hop node.
  • the following actions can be performed.
  • the network device optionally adjusts the link cost of the first link at least twice according to the path cost change value of the to-be-processed node, including:
  • the network device determines, according to the path cost change value of each node to be processed, an adjustment range of each to-be-processed node, where the adjustment range of a to-be-processed node is less than or equal to the path cost change value of the to-be-processed node, and is greater than or equal to the to-be-processed node.
  • the path cost change value of the reference node of the processing node, where the reference node of the node to be processed is the node with the largest path cost change value of the previous hop node of each to-be-processed node in each first path;
  • the network device adjusts the link overhead of the first link at least twice according to the adjustment range of the to-be-processed node.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic topological diagram of a reverse optimal path prioritization algorithm when the first node is used as a root in the communication system to which the method for adjusting link overhead is applied according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the digital identifier in FIG. 3 identifies the handover threshold of the node to be processed.
  • the link b ⁇ a recovers from the fault, it is necessary to ensure that the next hop node in each pair of pending nodes (the hop count from the node a is smaller) precedes the previous hop node (the number of hops from the node a is higher.
  • the reverse shortest path first (RSPF) algorithm is used to calculate the path cost of each node to the root node (first node).
  • the RSPF algorithm uses the RSPF algorithm to calculate the cost value D ( i, min ) from each node to the root node.
  • ⁇ cost ( i, max ) D(i, max) - D ( i, min ).
  • ⁇ cost ( i, min ) MAX ⁇ ⁇ cost ( j , max ) ⁇ , where node j is the son node of node i under normal conditions of the first link (or node j is node i in the first path) The last hop node). Therefore, the range of cost values (ie, the adjustment range) of the first link that needs to be adjusted for the anti-micro ring switching of the node i is ⁇ . ( ⁇ ( i, min ) + K, A cost ( i, max ) + K>, where K is the cost value when the first link is normal.
  • the adjustment range of node g is [80, 100]
  • the adjustment range of node c is [90, 110]
  • node g constitutes
  • the handover threshold of the node of the node pair to be processed is not between the handover threshold of the node c and the node d (that is, the handover threshold of the node b is greater than 110, and the handover threshold of the node i is less than 90), and the link overhead is adjusted.
  • the node g can be switched at the same time.
  • the node node d, the node e, and the node f need to be switched in order from the hop count of the node a, and the node is sequentially switched.
  • node i, node j also need to be switched in order from the hop count of node a from small to large. Therefore, for nodes respectively located on the above two paths, there may be a case of simultaneously switching to the optimal path by one overhead adjustment.
  • the handover threshold (i.e., 100) of node g falls between a handover threshold of a pair of nodes to be processed (i.e., node c and node d) (i.e., [90, 110]).
  • the switching threshold of the node g constituting the node pair to be processed is not between the switching thresholds of the node c and the node d (that is, the switching threshold of the node b is greater than 110, and the switching threshold of the node i is 80 less than 90).
  • the link overhead is adjusted so that the node c switches the optimal path, the node g can be switched at the same time.
  • node i and node d can switch the optimal path at the same time
  • node j and node e can switch the optimal path at the same time.
  • node g, node i, and node j can be deleted from the node to be processed as a non-target node.
  • the following methods can be used to determine non-target nodes from the nodes to be processed.
  • each node in the OutPutList is the target node.
  • each node in the OutPutList determined by the above method is a node b, a node c, a node d, a node e, and a node f.
  • the switching thresholds of the nodes in the OutPutList may be sorted (incremented or decremented), and the link cost of the link b ⁇ a is adjusted and released according to the switching thresholds, and the specific process may be processed according to the foregoing
  • the process of adjusting and releasing the link cost of the link b ⁇ a is similar to the switching threshold of the node.
  • the description thereof is omitted.
  • the network device adjusts the link cost of the first link N times according to the path cost change value of each target node, including:
  • the network device When the first link fails, the network device performs a third sorting process on the path cost change value of each target node in an incremental manner;
  • the network device adjusts the link cost of the first link N times, so that the difference between the link cost of the first link after the i-th adjustment and the link cost when the first link is normal is greater than
  • the fifth value is less than the sixth value, wherein the sixth value is the i+1th path cost change value after the third sorting process.
  • the fifth value is the largest value among the path cost change values of the fifth target nodes, the fifth item
  • the target node and the sixth target node form a pair of pending nodes
  • the fifth target node is a previous hop node of the sixth target node in the first path
  • the sixth target node is processed by the third sorting process.
  • T adjustments can be made, T being the number of nodes included in the OutPutList, as described above, In system 200, T is five.
  • the link cost of the link b ⁇ a that is first adjusted and released may be any value less than 80 (70 + 10) and greater than 60 (50 + 10), for example, 61 ( 51 + 10 ),
  • node f will switch the optimal path to node a to path 13 (excluding link b ⁇ a), due to the change in link cost of link b ⁇ a after the first adjustment (51) ) is smaller than the switching threshold of the node e, therefore, the node e does not switch the optimal path to the node a to the path 10, thereby avoiding the node e and the node due to the hardware capability of the node e and the processing environment being better than the node f A microring phenomenon occurs between f.
  • the node e has only one child node, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the adjusted The link cost of link b ⁇ a is greater than the largest value of the path cost change value of each child node of node e.
  • the link cost of the link b ⁇ a adjusted and released for the second time may be any value less than 100 (90 + 10) and greater than 80 (70 + 10), for example, 81 (71 + 10), after the second time
  • node e will switch the optimal path to node a to path 10 (excluding link b ⁇ a), because the link cost change (71) of link b ⁇ a after the second adjustment is less than The switching threshold of the node d, therefore, the node d does not switch the optimal path to the node a to the path 7, thereby avoiding the node d and the node e due to the hardware capability of the node d and the processing environment being better than the node e A microring phenomenon occurs between them.
  • the micro-ring phenomenon does not occur between the node e and the node f.
  • node j will switch the optimal path to node a to path 25 (excluding link b ⁇ a), due to the link of link b ⁇ a after the second adjustment.
  • the cost change (71) is smaller than the switching threshold of the node i. Therefore, the node i does not switch the optimal path to the node a to the path 110, thereby avoiding that the hardware capability of the node i and the processing environment are better than the node j.
  • a microring phenomenon occurs between node i and node j.
  • the node d has only one child node.
  • the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the link cost of the adjusted link b ⁇ a may be made larger than the maximum path cost change value of each child node of the node d. value.
  • the link cost of the link b ⁇ a adjusted and released for the third time may be any value less than 120 (110 + 10) and greater than 100 (90 + 10), for example, 101 (91 + 10), after the third time
  • node d will switch the optimal path to node a to path 7 (excluding link b ⁇ a), because the link cost change (91) of link b ⁇ a after the third adjustment is less than The switching threshold of the node c, therefore, the node c does not switch the optimal path to the node a to the path 4, thereby avoiding the node c and the node d due to the hardware capability of the node c and the processing environment being better than the node d A microring phenomenon occurs between them.
  • the micro-ring phenomenon does not occur between the node d and the node e.
  • node i will switch the optimal path to node a to path 22 (excluding link b ⁇ a), due to the link of link b ⁇ a after the second adjustment.
  • the cost change (91) is smaller than the switching threshold of the node g. Therefore, the node g does not switch the optimal path to the node a to the path 16, thereby avoiding that the hardware capability of the node g and the processing environment are better than the node i.
  • a microring phenomenon occurs between node g and node i.
  • the node j has switched the optimal path to the node a to the path 25 after the second adjustment, the micro-ring phenomenon does not occur between the node i and the node j.
  • the node c has only one child node, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the adjusted The link cost of link b ⁇ a is greater than the largest value of the path cost change value of each child node of node c.
  • the link cost of the link b ⁇ a adjusted and released for the fourth time may be any value less than 130 (120 + 10) and greater than 120 (110 + 10), for example, 121 (111 + 10), after the fourth time
  • node c will switch the optimal path to node a to path 4 (excluding link b ⁇ a), because the link cost change (115) of link b ⁇ a after the fourth adjustment is less than
  • the switching threshold of the node b therefore, the node b does not switch the optimal path to the node a to the path 1, thereby avoiding the node b and the node c due to the hardware capability of the node b and the processing environment being better than the node c. A microring phenomenon occurs between them.
  • the micro-ring phenomenon does not occur between the node c and the node d.
  • node g will switch the optimal path to node a to path 16 (excluding link b ⁇ a), due to the link of link b ⁇ a after the fourth adjustment.
  • the overhead change (105) is smaller than the switch of node b Threshold, therefore, node b does not switch the optimal path to node a to path 1, thus avoiding the occurrence of micro-ring between node b and node g due to the hardware capability of node b and the processing environment being better than node g. phenomenon.
  • the node i has switched the optimal path to the node a to the path 22 after the third adjustment, the micro-ring phenomenon does not occur between the node g and the node i.
  • the handover threshold of the node h and the handover threshold of the node g are both 100. Therefore, the node h and the node g simultaneously switch the optimal link to the node a. However, since the handover threshold of the node h is the same as the handover threshold of the node g, it is indicated that in the path 19 and the path 20, the node h is the previous hop node of the node g, so there is no micro-ring problem between the node h and the node g. .
  • the link cost of the current adjustment is made. Greater than the path cost change value of node c.
  • the link cost of link b ⁇ a which is adjusted and released for the fifth time, can be any value greater than 130 (120 + 10), for example, 130 (125 + 10).
  • node b will The optimal path of node a is switched to path 1 (excluding link b ⁇ a). Since node g has switched the optimal path to node a to path 16 after the fourth adjustment, node b and node g There is no microring phenomenon between them. Moreover, since the node c has switched the optimal path to the node a to the path 4 after the fourth adjustment, the microring phenomenon does not occur between the node b and the node c.
  • the switching thresholds of the nodes in the OutPutList can be arranged in descending order and adjusted.
  • the process is similar to the above process.
  • the description thereof is omitted.
  • the network device adjusts the link cost of the first link N times according to the path cost change value of each target node, including:
  • the network device When the first link fails, the network device performs a fourth sorting process on the path cost change value of each target node in a decreasing manner;
  • the network device adjusts the link cost of the first link N times, so that the difference between the link cost of the first link after the i-th adjustment and the link cost when the first link is normal is greater than
  • the seventh value is less than the eighth value, wherein the eighth value is the N-th path cost change value after the fourth sorting process,
  • the seventh value is the largest value among the path cost change values of the seventh target nodes, and the seventh target node and the eighth target node form a pair of pending nodes, and the seventh target node is in the first path.
  • a last hop node of the eighth target node, the eighth target node is processed after the fourth sorting The node corresponding to the Nth _i + 1 path cost change value.
  • the method for adjusting the link overhead by performing the deletion processing on the node to be processed, the number of times of processing can be reduced, and the efficiency of the adjustment can be improved, thereby improving the practicability of the adjustment.
  • the network device performing at least two adjustments on the link cost of the first link includes: determining, by the network device, a processing time required for each target node to calculate an optimal path;
  • the required recomputation processing time of the node capable of completing the optimal path reselection in the current adjustment may also be determined.
  • hardware information of each node may be obtained (for example, from a vendor), according to the hardware. The information is estimated by the calculation capability, thereby determining the recalculation processing time, and determining the time of the next adjustment and release, so that the node that can complete the optimal path reselection in the current adjustment completes the reselection, and then performs the next adjustment and release.
  • the occurrence of the microring phenomenon can be further reliably avoided.
  • the link cost of the first link directly connected to the first node is adjusted multiple times, including the first link and the first link is normal.
  • the pair of nodes to be processed that may have a microring phenomenon may be on the first path.
  • the one-hop node migrates the optimal path to the first node to the first path before the previous hop node, or in the pair of pending nodes that may cause the micro-ring phenomenon when the first link fails.
  • the previous hop node on the path migrates the optimal path to the first node out of the first path before the next hop node, thereby preventing the micro ring phenomenon from occurring between the pairs of nodes to be processed.
  • FIG. 4 shows a schematic block diagram of an apparatus 300 for adjusting link overhead in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the apparatus 300 includes:
  • the to-be-processed node determining unit 310 is configured to determine at least one pair of to-be-processed nodes from at least three nodes when the first link fails or recovers from the fault, where each pair of to-be-processed nodes includes a chain Two pending nodes connected to the path, the to-be-processed node can pass without including The second path of the first link sends a message to the first node of the at least three nodes, and the to-be-processed node can pass the first path including the first link to the first link when the first link is normal.
  • the first node sends a message, where a second path is a path from a to-be-processed node with a minimum total link overhead in a path to the first node that does not include the first link, where a first path is The optimal path from the node to be processed to the first node when the first link is normal, and the up-and-down relationship between the nodes to be processed in the pair of nodes to be processed on the second path and the first path Differentiating, the second node of the at least three nodes is directly connected to the first node by using the first link, where the first link is used to transmit data that needs to be sent to the first node;
  • the path cost change value determining unit 320 is configured to determine a path cost change value of each to-be-processed node, where a path cost change value of each to-be-processed node is a difference between a first path cost and a second path cost of each to-be-processed node,
  • the first path cost is a total link cost on the first path when the first link is normal
  • the second path cost is a total link cost on the second path;
  • the link cost adjustment unit 330 is configured to adjust the link cost of the first link at least twice according to the path cost change value of each to-be-processed node, so that when the first link recovers from the fault, Having the next hop node on the first path of each pair of pending nodes migrate the optimal path to the first node to the first path prior to the previous hop node, or
  • the previous hop node on the first path of each pair of pending nodes migrates the optimal path to the first node out of the first path before the next hop node.
  • the link cost adjustment unit 330 is further configured to determine, from the to-be-processed node, N target nodes, where the number of the target nodes is less than or equal to the number of the to-be-processed nodes;
  • the link cost adjustment unit 330 is specifically configured to use all of the to-be-processed nodes as the N target nodes.
  • the link cost adjustment unit 330 is configured to: when the first link recovers from the fault, the network device performs a first sorting process on the path cost change value of each target node in a decreasing manner. ;
  • the N-time adjustment is performed on the link cost of the first link, so that the difference between the link cost of the first link after the i-th adjustment and the link cost when the first link is normal is smaller than the first
  • the value is greater than the second value, where the first value is the i-th path cost change value after the first sorting process, and the second value is the i-th path cost after the first sorting process Change value.
  • the link cost adjustment unit 330 is configured to: when the first link recovers from the fault, the network device performs a second sorting process on the path cost change value of each target node in an incremental manner. ;
  • the N-time adjustment is performed on the link cost of the first link, so that the difference between the link cost of the first link after the i-th adjustment and the link cost when the first link is normal is smaller than the third.
  • the value is greater than the fourth value, wherein the third value is the N-th + 1 path cost change value after the second sorting process, and the fourth value is the N-th after the second sorting process i path cost change values.
  • the link cost adjustment unit 330 is configured to: when the first link fails, the network device performs a third sorting process on the path cost change value of each target node in an incremental manner;
  • the N-time adjustment is performed on the link cost of the first link, so that the difference between the link cost of the first link after the i-th adjustment and the link cost when the first link is normal is greater than the fifth.
  • the value is less than the sixth value, wherein the sixth value is the i-th path cost change value after the third sorting process, and the fifth value is the i-th path cost after the third sorting process Change value.
  • the link cost adjustment unit 330 is configured to: when the first link fails, the network device performs a fourth sorting process on the path cost change value of each target node in a decreasing manner;
  • the N-time adjustment is performed on the link cost of the first link, so that the difference between the link cost of the first link after the i-th adjustment and the link cost when the first link is normal is greater than the seventh.
  • the value is less than the eighth value, wherein the eighth value is the Nth-th path cost change value after the fourth sorting process, and the seventh value is the N-th+ after the fourth sorting process 1 path cost change value.
  • the link cost adjustment unit 330 is further configured to determine a processing time required for each target node to calculate an optimal path
  • the device is the second node.
  • the link cost adjustment unit 330 is specifically configured to determine, according to a path cost change value of each to-be-processed node, an adjustment range of each to-be-processed node, where an adjustment range of a to-be-processed node is less than or equal to the to-be-processed node.
  • the path cost change value is greater than or equal to the path cost change value of the reference node of the to-be-processed node, and the reference node of the to-be-processed node is the path cost change value of the to-be-processed node in the previous hop node on each first path.
  • Largest node And configured to perform at least two adjustments on the link cost of the first link according to the adjustment range of the to-be-processed node.
  • the apparatus 300 for adjusting the link overhead according to the embodiment of the present invention may correspond to a network device (for example, a second node) in the method of the embodiment of the present invention, and each unit in the apparatus 300 is a module and the foregoing other operations and In order to implement the corresponding process of the method 100 in FIG. 1 , the functions are not described here.
  • a network device for example, a second node
  • the device for adjusting the link cost by adjusting the link cost of the first link directly connected to the first node, including the first link and being normal on the first link
  • the pair of nodes to be processed that may have a microring phenomenon may be on the first path.
  • the one-hop node migrates the optimal path to the first node to the first path before the previous hop node, or in the pair of pending nodes that may cause the micro-ring phenomenon when the first link fails.
  • the previous hop node on the path migrates the optimal path to the first node out of the first path before the next hop node, thereby preventing the micro ring phenomenon from occurring between the pairs of nodes to be processed.
  • FIG. 5 shows a schematic block diagram of a device 400 for adjusting link overhead in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 5, the device 400 includes:
  • processor 420 connected to the bus
  • the processor 420 calls, by using the bus 410, a program stored in the memory 430, where the network device determines at least one of the at least three nodes when the first link fails or recovers from a failure.
  • a pair of nodes to be processed wherein each pair of nodes to be processed includes two nodes to be processed connected via a link, and the node to be processed can send a report to the first node through a second path that does not include the first link.
  • the node to be processed can send a message to the first node by using a first path including the first link when the first link is normal, where a second path is from a to-be-processed node.
  • the link cost of the first link is adjusted at least twice according to the path cost change value of each node to be processed, so that each of the to-be-processed nodes is centered when the first link recovers from the fault.
  • the next hop node on the first path migrates the optimal path to the first node to the first path prior to the previous hop node, or
  • the previous hop node on the first path of each pair of pending nodes migrates the optimal path to the first node out of the first path before the next hop node.
  • the processor 420 is further configured to determine, from the to-be-processed node, N target nodes, where the number of the target nodes is less than or equal to the number of the to-be-processed nodes;
  • the processor 420 is specifically configured to use all of the to-be-processed nodes as the N target nodes.
  • the processor 420 is configured to: when the first link recovers from the fault, the network device performs a first sorting process on the path cost change value of each target node in a decreasing manner;
  • the N-time adjustment is performed on the link cost of the first link, so that the difference between the link cost of the first link after the i-th adjustment and the link cost when the first link is normal is smaller than the first
  • the value is greater than the second value, where the first value is the i-th path cost change value after the first sorting process, and the second value is the i-th path cost after the first sorting process Change value.
  • the processor 420 is configured to: when the first link recovers from the fault, the network device performs a second sorting process on the path cost change value of each target node in an incremental manner;
  • the N-time adjustment is performed on the link cost of the first link, so that the difference between the link cost of the first link after the i-th adjustment and the link cost when the first link is normal is smaller than the third.
  • the value is greater than the fourth value, wherein the third value is the N-th + 1 path cost change value after the second sorting process, and the fourth value is the N-th after the second sorting process i path cost change values.
  • the processor 420 is specifically configured to: when the first link fails, the network device Performing a third sorting process on the path cost change value of each target node in an incremental manner; and performing N times adjustment on the link cost of the first link, so that the first link after the ith adjustment is performed
  • the difference between the link cost and the link cost when the first link is normal is greater than a fifth value and less than a sixth value, wherein the sixth value is the i+1th path cost after the third sorting process
  • the change value, the fifth value is the i-th path cost change value after the third sorting process.
  • the processor 420 is specifically configured to: when the first link fails, the network device performs a fourth sorting process on the path cost change value of each target node in a decreasing manner;
  • the N-time adjustment is performed on the link cost of the first link, so that the difference between the link cost of the first link after the i-th adjustment and the link cost when the first link is normal is greater than the seventh.
  • the value is less than the eighth value, wherein the eighth value is the Nth-th path cost change value after the fourth sorting process, and the seventh value is the N-th+ after the fourth sorting process 1 path cost change value.
  • the processor 420 is further configured to determine a processing time required for each target node to calculate an optimal path
  • the device 400 is the second node.
  • the processor 420 is specifically configured to determine, according to a path cost change value of each node to be processed, an adjustment range of each to-be-processed node, where an adjustment range of a to-be-processed node is a path smaller than or equal to the to-be-processed node.
  • the cost change value is greater than or equal to the path cost change value of the reference node of the to-be-processed node, and the reference node of the to-be-processed node is the path cost change value of the to-be-processed node in the previous hop node on each first path. Largest node
  • the device 400 for adjusting the link overhead according to the embodiment of the present invention may correspond to a network device (for example, a second node) in the method of the embodiment of the present invention, and each unit in the device 400 is a module and the foregoing other operations and In order to implement the corresponding process of the method 100 in FIG. 1 , the functions are not described here.
  • the processor 420 may be a central processing unit (a central processing unit), and the processor 420 may also be another general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP). ), application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), off-the-shelf programmable gate arrays (FPGAs) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, and the like.
  • the general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like.
  • the memory 430 can include read only memory and random access memory and provides instructions and data to the processor 610. A portion of the memory 430 may also include a non-volatile random access memory. For example, the memory 430 can also store information of the device type.
  • the bus 410 can include, in addition to the data bus, a power bus, a control bus, and a status signal bus. However, for clarity of description, various buses are labeled as bus system 410 in the figure.
  • the logic circuit or the instruction in the form of software is completed.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present invention may be directly implemented as a hardware processor, or may be performed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
  • the software modules can be located in random memory, flash memory, read only memory, programmable read only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, etc., which are well established in the art.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory 430.
  • the processor 420 reads the information in the memory 430 and combines the hardware to complete the steps of the above method. To avoid repetition, it will not be described in detail here.
  • the device for adjusting the link cost performs the multiple adjustments on the link cost of the first link directly connected to the first node, including the first link and the first link is normal.
  • the pair of nodes to be processed that may have a microring phenomenon may be on the first path.
  • the one-hop node migrates the optimal path to the first node to the first path before the previous hop node, or in the pair of pending nodes that may cause the micro-ring phenomenon when the first link fails.
  • the previous hop node on the path migrates the optimal path to the first node out of the first path before the next hop node, thereby preventing the micro ring phenomenon from occurring between the pairs of nodes to be processed.
  • the size of the sequence numbers of the above processes does not mean the order of execution, and the order of execution of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not be taken to the embodiments of the present invention.
  • the implementation process constitutes any limitation.
  • the disclosed systems, devices, and methods may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative.
  • the division of the unit is only a logical function division.
  • there may be another division manner for example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not executed.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be electrical, mechanical or otherwise.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separate, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solution of the embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present invention may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions, if implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as separate products, may be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present invention which is essential to the prior art or part of the technical solution, may be embodied in the form of a software product stored in a storage medium, including
  • the instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of the present invention.
  • the foregoing storage medium includes: a U disk, a mobile hard disk, a read-only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a magnetic disk or an optical disk, and the like, which can store program codes. .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Data Exchanges In Wide-Area Networks (AREA)

Abstract

Embodiments of the present invention provide a method for adjusting a link overhead and can prevent occurrence of a micro ring phenomenon. The method comprises: determining at least one pair of to-be-processed nodes; determining a path overhead change value of each to-be-processed node, wherein the path overhead change value of the each to-be-processed node is a difference between a first path overhead and a second path overhead of the each to-be-processed node; based on the path overhead change value of the to-be-processed nodes, performing at least two times of adjustment on a link overhead of a first link, and when the first link is recovered from a fault, making a next-hop node in a first path in each pair of to-be-processed nodes migrate an optimal path to a first node to the first path earlier than a previous-hop node, or when the first link is faulty, making the previous-hop node in the first path in the each pair of to-be-processed nodes migrate the optimal path to the first node out of the first path earlier than the next-hop node.

Description

调整链路开销的方法和装置 技术领域  Method and device for adjusting link overhead
本发明涉及通信领域,并且更具体地,涉及调整链路开销的方法和装置。 背景技术  The present invention relates to the field of communications and, more particularly, to a method and apparatus for adjusting link overhead. Background technique
目前, 已知一种技术, 在网际协议( IP, Internet Protocol ) 网络的网络 设备中, 采用分布式的域内网关协议( Interior Gateway Protocol )计算, 即, 每台网络设备单独调度执行路由计算, 彼此之间无顺序控制。 因此, 在发生 链路故障或者故障恢复时, 由于各网络设备在硬件能力上的差别以及设备运 行的内外环境上的差别, 导致路由计算的启动时间点、 运行时长、 计算结束 时间点以及下发转发信息库( FIB , Fowarding Information Base )表项的时间 点不一致, 进而导致微环现象的出现。  At present, a technology is known in which a network gateway device (IP, Internet Protocol) network network device uses a distributed intra-gateway protocol (Intercomm Gateway Protocol) calculation, that is, each network device separately performs routing calculations, and each other There is no order control between them. Therefore, when a link fault or fault recovery occurs, the start time, run time, end time of the calculation, and delivery of the route calculation are caused by the difference in the hardware capabilities of the network devices and the difference between the internal and external environments of the device. The time points of the forwarding information base (FIB, Fowarding Information Base) entries are inconsistent, which leads to the occurrence of microrings.
具体地说, 在图 2所示的 IP网络中, 例如, 当节点 a与节点 b之间的 链路从故障中恢复时,例如,如果节点 c的硬件能力比节点 b的硬件能力强, 且节点 c的负载低于节点 b的负载, 则节点 c对路由的计算及对 FIB表项的 下发先于节点 b完成, 进而, 节点 c将从节点 c到节点 a的最优路径从路径 1 (该路径按转发顺序依次为节点 c、 节点 d、 节点 e、 节点 f、 节点 a )切换 至路径 2 (该路径按转发顺序依次包括节点 c、 节点 b、 节点 a ), 或者说, 节点 c从链路 c→d切换至链路 c→b, 从而, 节点 c在需要向节点 a发送数 据时, 将该数据发送给节点 b。 此时, 节点 b对路由的计算及对 FIB表项的 下发尚未完成, 节点 b依然将路径 3 (该路径按转发顺序依次包括节点 b、 节点 c、 节点 d、 节点 e、 节点 f、 节点 a )作为从节点 b到节点 a的最优路 径, 因而, 节点 b在需要向节点 a发送数据时, 选择链路1)→( , 将该数据送 给节点 c。 这样, 在节点 b与节点 c之间出现了微环现象, 即, 数据在节点 b与节点 c之间多次转发,可能导致数据在 IP网络中传输的时间过长而被丟 弃。  Specifically, in the IP network shown in FIG. 2, for example, when the link between the node a and the node b recovers from a failure, for example, if the hardware capability of the node c is stronger than the hardware capability of the node b, and If the load of the node c is lower than the load of the node b, the calculation of the route by the node c and the issuance of the FIB entry are completed before the node b, and further, the optimal path of the node c from the node c to the node a is from the path 1 (The path is node c, node d, node e, node f, node a in turn in the forwarding order) to path 2 (the path includes node c, node b, node a in turn in the forwarding order), or node c Switching from link c→d to link c→b, node c sends the data to node b when it needs to send data to node a. At this time, the calculation of the route by the node b and the delivery of the FIB entry are not completed yet, and the node b still has the path 3 (the path includes the node b, the node c, the node d, the node e, the node f, and the node in the order of forwarding. a) as the optimal path from node b to node a, therefore, when node b needs to send data to node a, select link 1) → (, send the data to node c. Thus, at node b and node A micro-ring phenomenon occurs between c, that is, data is forwarded multiple times between node b and node c, which may cause data to be transmitted in the IP network for too long and discarded.
因此, 希望提供一种技术, 能够防止微环现象的出现。 发明内容  Therefore, it is desirable to provide a technique capable of preventing the occurrence of a microring phenomenon. Summary of the invention
本发明提供一种调整链路开销的方法和装置, 能够防止微环现象的出 现。 The present invention provides a method and apparatus for adjusting link overhead, which can prevent micro ring phenomenon Now.
第一方面, 提供了一种调整链路开销的方法, 在包括至少三个节点的通 信系统中执行, 其中, 第一节点与第二节点之间通过第一链路直接连接, 该 第一链路用于传输需要发送至该第一节点的数据, 该方法包括: 当该第一链 路发生故障或从故障中恢复时, 网络设备从该至少三个节点中确定至少一个 待处理节点对, 其中, 每个待处理节点对包括经由一条链路相连的两个待处 理节点,该待处理节点能够通过不包括该第一链路的第二路径向该第一节点 发送报文, 并且, 该待处理节点能够在该第一链路正常时通过包括该第一链 路的第一路径向该第一节点发送报文, 其中, 一个第二路径是从一个待处理 节点在至该第一节点的不包括该第一链路的路径中总的链路开销最小的路 径, 一个第一路径是在该第一链路正常时从一个待处理节点至该第一节点的 最优路径, 并且, 每个待处理节点对中的各待处理节点在第二路径上和第一 路径上的上下跳关系相异; 该网络设备确定各待处理节点的路径开销变化 值, 该各待处理节点的路径开销变化值是各待处理节点的第一路径开销与第 二路径开销的差值, 该第一路径开销是当第一链路正常时在第一路径上的总 的链路开销, 该第二路径开销是在第二路径上的总的链路开销; 该网络设备 根据该待处理节点的路径开销变化值,对该第一链路的链路开销进行至少两 次调整, 以在该第一链路在从故障中恢复时, 使各待处理节点对中在第一路 径上的下一跳节点先于上一跳节点将至该第一节点的最优路径迁移至该第 一路径, 或以在该第一链路发生故障时, 使各待处理节点对中在第一路径上 的上一跳节点先于下一跳节点将至该第一节点的最优路径迁移出该第一路 径。  In a first aspect, a method for adjusting link overhead is provided, which is implemented in a communication system including at least three nodes, wherein a first node and a second node are directly connected by a first link, the first chain The path is used for transmitting data that needs to be sent to the first node, the method includes: when the first link fails or recovers from the failure, the network device determines at least one pair of pending nodes from the at least three nodes, Each of the to-be-processed node pairs includes two to-be-processed nodes connected via one link, and the to-be-processed node can send a message to the first node by using a second path that does not include the first link, and The node to be processed can send a message to the first node by using the first path including the first link when the first link is normal, where a second path is from a to-be-processed node to the first node. The path that does not include the total link overhead in the path of the first link is not included, and the first path is from a pending node to the first section when the first link is normal. An optimal path, and each of the to-be-processed nodes in each pair of nodes to be processed has a different up-and-down hop relationship on the second path and the first path; the network device determines a path cost change value of each of the to-be-processed nodes, The path cost change value of each of the to-be-processed nodes is the difference between the first path cost of the to-be-processed node and the second path cost, where the first path cost is the total on the first path when the first link is normal. The link cost, the second path cost is the total link cost on the second path; the network device performs the link cost of the first link at least twice according to the path cost change value of the to-be-processed node. Adjusting, so that when the first link recovers from the failure, the next hop node on the first path of each to-be-processed node is migrated to the optimal path of the first node before the previous hop node Up to the first path, or to make the first hop node on the first path of each to-be-processed node prior to the next hop node to be optimal to the first node when the first link fails Path migration out of the Path all the way.
结合第一方面, 在第一方面的第一种实现方式中, 该网络设备根据该待 处理节点的路径开销变化值, 对该第一链路的链路开销进行至少两次调整, 包括: 该网络设备从该待处理节点中, 确定 N个目标节点, 其中, 该目标节 点的数目小于等于该待处理节点的数目; 该网络设备根据各该目标节点的路 径开销变化值, 对该第一链路的链路开销进行 N次调整。  With reference to the first aspect, in a first implementation manner of the first aspect, the network device performs at least two adjustments on the link cost of the first link according to the path cost change value of the to-be-processed node, including: The network device determines, from the to-be-processed node, the N target nodes, where the number of the target nodes is less than or equal to the number of the to-be-processed nodes; and the network device determines the first chain according to the path cost change value of each of the target nodes. The link cost of the road is adjusted N times.
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式, 在第一方面的第二种实现方式中, 该 网络设备从该待处理节点中, 确定 N个目标节点, 包括: 该网络设备将该待 处理节点的全部, 作为该 N个目标节点。  With reference to the first aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in a second implementation manner of the first aspect, the network device determines, from the to-be-processed node, the N target nodes, including: the network device, the entire node to be processed As the N target nodes.
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式, 在第一方面的第三种实现方式中, 该 网络设备根据各该目标节点的路径开销变化值,对该第一链路的链路开销进 行 N次调整, 包括: 在该第一链路在从故障中恢复时, 该网络设备以递减的 方式, 对各该目标节点的路径开销变化值进行第一排序处理; 该网络设备对 该第一链路的链路开销进行 N次调整, 以使第 i次调整后的第一链路的链路 开销与该第一链路正常时的链路开销之差小于第一值且大于第二值, 其中, 该第一值是经过该第一排序处理后的第 i个路径开销变化值, 该第二值是各 第一目标节点的路径开销变化值中的最大的值, 该第一目标节点与第二目标 节点构成待处理节点对,且该第一目标节点在第一路径中为该第二目标节点 的上一跳节点, 该第二目标节点是经过该第一排序处理后的第 i个路径开销 变化值所对应的节点,或该第二值是经过该第一排序处理后的第 i + 1个路径 开销变化值。 In combination with the first aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in a third implementation manner of the first aspect, The network device adjusts the link cost of the first link N times according to the path cost change value of each target node, including: when the first link recovers from the fault, the network device is in a decreasing manner Performing a first sorting process on the path cost change value of each target node; the network device performs N times adjustment on the link cost of the first link, so that the link of the first link after the i-th adjustment is performed The difference between the cost and the link cost of the first link is smaller than the first value and greater than the second value, where the first value is the i-th path cost change value after the first sorting process, where the The binary value is the largest value among the path cost change values of the first target nodes, the first target node and the second target node form a pair of pending nodes, and the first target node is the second in the first path. a previous hop node of the target node, the second target node is a node corresponding to the i-th path cost change value after the first sorting process, or the second value is the ith after the first sorting process + 1 path overhead change Value.
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式, 在第一方面的第四种实现方式中, 该 网络设备根据各该目标节点的路径开销变化值,对该第一链路的链路开销进 行 N次调整, 包括: 在该第一链路在从故障中恢复时, 该网络设备以递增的 方式, 对各该目标节点的路径开销变化值进行第二排序处理; 该网络设备对 该第一链路的链路开销进行 N次调整, 以使第 i次调整后的第一链路的链路 开销与该第一链路正常时的链路开销之差小于第三值且大于第四值, 其中, 该第三值是经过该第二排序处理后的第 N - i + 1个路径开销变化值,该第四 值是各第三目标节点的路径开销变化值中的最大的值, 该第三目标节点与第 四目标节点构成待处理节点对,且该第三目标节点在第一路径中为该第四目 标节点的上一跳节点, 该第四目标节点是经过该第二排序处理后的第 N _ i + 1个路径开销变化值所对应的节点, 或该第四值是经过该第二排序处理后 的第 N - i个路径开销变化值。  With reference to the first aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in a fourth implementation manner of the first aspect, the network device performs N times adjustment on a link cost of the first link according to a path cost change value of each target node. The network device performs a second sorting process on the path cost change value of each target node in an incremental manner when the first link recovers from the fault; the network device is configured to the first link The link cost is adjusted N times, so that the difference between the link cost of the first link and the link cost of the first link is less than the third value and greater than the fourth value, where The third value is the N-th + 1 path cost change value after the second sorting process, and the fourth value is the largest value among the path cost change values of each third target node, the third target The node and the fourth target node form a pair of pending nodes, and the third target node is a previous hop node of the fourth target node in the first path, and the fourth target node is processed by the second sorting process N _ i + 1 The node corresponding to the path cost change value, or the fourth value is the N-th path cost change value after the second sorting process.
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式, 在第一方面的第五种实现方式中, 该 网络设备根据各该目标节点的路径开销变化值,对该第一链路的链路开销进 行 N次调整, 包括: 在该第一链路发生故障时, 该网络设备以递增的方式, 对各该目标节点的路径开销变化值进行第三排序处理; 该网络设备对该第一 链路的链路开销进行 N次调整, 以使第 i次调整后的第一链路的链路开销与 该第一链路正常时的链路开销之差大于第五值且小于第六值, 其中, 该第六 值是经过该第三排序处理后的第 i + 1个路径开销变化值,该第五值是各第五 目标节点的路径开销变化值中的最大的值, 该第五目标节点与第六目标节点 构成待处理节点对,且该第五目标节点在第一路径中为该第六目标节点的上 一跳节点,该第六目标节点是经过该第三排序处理后的第 i + 1个路径开销变 化值所对应的节点, 或该第五值是经过该第三排序处理后的第 i个路径开销 变化值。 With reference to the first aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in a fifth implementation manner of the first aspect, the network device performs N times adjustment on a link cost of the first link according to a path cost change value of each target node. And the network device performs a third sorting process on the path cost change value of each target node in an incremental manner when the first link fails; the link cost of the network device to the first link Performing N adjustments so that the difference between the link cost of the first link after the i-th adjustment and the link cost of the first link is greater than a fifth value and less than a sixth value, wherein the sixth The value is the i+1th path cost change value after the third sorting process, and the fifth value is the largest value among the path cost change values of the fifth target nodes, and the fifth target node and the sixth target Node Forming a pair of nodes to be processed, and the fifth target node is a previous hop node of the sixth target node in the first path, and the sixth target node is the i+1th path cost after the third sorting process The node corresponding to the change value, or the fifth value is the i-th path cost change value after the third sorting process.
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式, 在第一方面的第六种实现方式中, 该 网络设备根据各该目标节点的路径开销变化值,对该第一链路的链路开销进 行 N次调整, 包括: 在该第一链路发生故障时, 该网络设备以递减的方式, 对各该目标节点的路径开销变化值进行第四排序处理; 该网络设备对该第一 链路的链路开销进行 N次调整, 以使第 i次调整后的第一链路的链路开销与 该第一链路正常时的链路开销之差大于第七值且小于第八值, 其中, 该第八 值是经过该第四排序处理后的第 N - i个路径开销变化值, 该第七值是各第 七目标节点的路径开销变化值中的最大的值, 该第七目标节点与第八目标节 点构成待处理节点对,且该第七目标节点在第一路径中为该第八目标节点的 上一跳节点, 该第八目标节点是经过该第四排序处理后的第 N - i + 1个路径 开销变化值所对应的节点, 或该第七值是经过该第四排序处理后的第 N - i + 1个路径开销变化值。  With reference to the first aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in a sixth implementation manner of the first aspect, the network device performs N times adjustment on a link cost of the first link according to a path cost change value of each target node. And the network device performs a fourth sorting process on the path cost change value of each target node in a decreasing manner on the first link; the link cost of the network device to the first link Performing N adjustments, so that the difference between the link cost of the first link after the i-th adjustment and the link cost of the first link is greater than a seventh value and less than an eighth value, wherein the eighth The value is the N-th path cost change value after the fourth sorting process, and the seventh value is the largest value among the path cost change values of the seventh target nodes, and the seventh target node and the eighth target The node constitutes a pair of nodes to be processed, and the seventh target node is a previous hop node of the eighth target node in the first path, and the eighth target node is the N - i + 1 after the fourth sorting process Path Change value corresponding to the node pin or the seventh value N after the first through the fourth sorting process - i + 1 paths cost change value.
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式, 在第一方面的第七种实现方式中, 该 网络设备对该第一链路的链路开销进行至少两次调整包括: 该网络设备确定 各目标节点计算最优路径所需要的处理时间; 该网络设备根据该处理时间, 确定该至少两次调整之间的时间间隔; 该网络设备 居该时间间隔, 对该第 一链路的链路开销进行至少两次调整。  With reference to the first aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in a seventh implementation manner of the first aspect, the network device performing at least two adjustments on the link cost of the first link includes: determining, by the network device, each target node calculation The processing time required for the optimal path; the network device determines the time interval between the at least two adjustments according to the processing time; the network device is at the time interval, and the link cost of the first link is at least two Adjustments.
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式, 在第一方面的第八种实现方式中, 该 网络设备为该第二节点。  In conjunction with the first aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in an eighth implementation manner of the first aspect, the network device is the second node.
第二方面, 提供了一种调整链路开销的装置, 该装置包括: 待处理节点 确定单元, 用于当该第一链路发生故障或从故障中恢复时, 从至少三个节点 中确定至少一个待处理节点对, 其中, 每个待处理节点对包括经由一条链路 相连的两个待处理节点, 该待处理节点能够通过不包括第一链路的第二路径 向该至少三个节点的第一节点发送报文, 并且, 该待处理节点能够在该第一 链路正常时通过包括该第一链路的第一路径向该第一节点发送报文, 其中, 一个第二路径是从一个待处理节点在至该第一节点的不包括该第一链路的 路径中总的链路开销最小的路径, 一个第一路径是在该第一链路正常时从一 个待处理节点至该第一节点的最优路径, 并且, 每个待处理节点对中的各待 处理节点在第二路径上和第一路径上的上下跳关系相异, 该至少三个节点中 的第二节点与该第一节点之间通过该第一链路直接连接, 该第一链路用于传 输需要发送至该第一节点的数据; 路径开销变化值确定单元, 用于确定各待 处理节点的路径开销变化值, 该各待处理节点的路径开销变化值是各待处理 节点的第一路径开销与第二路径开销的差值,该第一路径开销是当第一链路 正常时在第一路径上的总的链路开销, 该第二路径开销是在第二路径上的总 的链路开销;链路开销调整单元,用于根据各待处理节点的路径开销变化值, 对该第一链路的链路开销进行至少两次调整, 以在该第一链路在从故障中恢 复时,使各待处理节点对中在第一路径上的下一跳节点先于上一跳节点将至 该第一节点的最优路径迁移至该第一路径, 或以在该第一链路发生故障时, 使各待处理节点对中在第一路径上的上一跳节点先于下一跳节点将至该第 一节点的最优路径迁移出该第一路径。 A second aspect provides an apparatus for adjusting link overhead, where the apparatus includes: a to-be-processed node determining unit, configured to determine at least three nodes from a failure when the first link fails or recovers from a failure. a pair of nodes to be processed, wherein each pair of nodes to be processed includes two nodes to be processed connected via one link, and the node to be processed can be to the at least three nodes through a second path that does not include the first link The first node sends a message, and the to-be-processed node can send a message to the first node by using the first path of the first link when the first link is normal, where a second path is a path of the to-be-processed node having the smallest total link overhead in the path to the first node that does not include the first link, and a first path is from the first link when the first link is normal The optimal path of the node to be processed to the first node, and the node to be processed in each pair of nodes to be processed is different from the up and down hop relationship on the second path on the second path, the at least three nodes The second node is directly connected to the first node by using the first link, where the first link is used for transmitting data that needs to be sent to the first node; and the path cost change value determining unit is configured to determine each The path cost change value of the node to be processed, the path cost change value of each node to be processed is the difference between the first path cost of the to-be-processed node and the second path cost, and the first path cost is when the first link is normal. The total link cost on the first path, the second path cost is the total link cost on the second path, and the link cost adjustment unit is configured to change the path cost change value of each to-be-processed node. Performing at least two adjustments on the link cost of the first link, so that when the first link recovers from the failure, the next hop node on the first path of each pair of pending nodes precedes One-hop node The optimal path to the first node is migrated to the first path, or when the first link fails, the previous hop node on the first path of each pending node is prior to the next hop The node migrates the optimal path to the first node out of the first path.
结合第二方面, 在第二方面的第一种实现方式中, 该链路开销调整单元 还用于从该待处理节点中, 确定 N个目标节点, 其中, 该目标节点的数目小 于等于该待处理节点的数目; 用于根据各该目标节点的路径开销变化值, 对 该第一链路的链路开销进行 N次调整。  With reference to the second aspect, in a first implementation manner of the second aspect, the link cost adjustment unit is further configured to determine, from the to-be-processed node, N target nodes, where the number of the target nodes is less than or equal to the The number of processing nodes is used to perform N times adjustment on the link cost of the first link according to the path cost change value of each target node.
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式, 在第二方面的第二种实现方式中, 该 链路开销调整单元具体用于将该待处理节点的全部, 作为该 N个目标节点。  With reference to the second aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in the second implementation manner of the second aspect, the link cost adjustment unit is specifically configured to use all of the to-be-processed nodes as the N target nodes.
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式, 在第二方面的第三种实现方式中, 该 链路开销调整单元具体用于在该第一链路在从故障中恢复时, 该网络设备以 递减的方式, 对各该目标节点的路径开销变化值进行第一排序处理; 用于对 该第一链路的链路开销进行 N次调整, 以使第 i次调整后的第一链路的链路 开销与该第一链路正常时的链路开销之差小于第一值且大于第二值, 其中, 该第一值是经过该第一排序处理后的第 i个路径开销变化值, 该第二值是各 第一目标节点的路径开销变化值中的最大的值, 该第一目标节点与第二目标 节点构成待处理节点对,且该第一目标节点在第一路径中为该第二目标节点 的上一跳节点, 该第二目标节点是经过该第一排序处理后的第 i个路径开销 变化值所对应的节点,或该第二值是经过该第一排序处理后的第 i + 1个路径 开销变化值。  With reference to the second aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in a third implementation manner of the second aspect, the link cost adjustment unit is specifically configured to: when the first link recovers from a fault, the network device is decremented And performing a first sorting process on the path cost change value of each target node, and performing N times adjustment on the link cost of the first link, so that the link of the first link after the i-th adjustment is performed The difference between the cost and the link cost of the first link is smaller than the first value and greater than the second value, where the first value is the i-th path cost change value after the first sorting process, where the The binary value is the largest value among the path cost change values of the first target nodes, the first target node and the second target node form a pair of pending nodes, and the first target node is the second in the first path. a previous hop node of the target node, the second target node is a node corresponding to the i-th path cost change value after the first sorting process, or the second value is the ith after the first sorting process + 1 path The cost change value.
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式, 在第二方面的第四种实现方式中, 该 链路开销调整单元具体用于在该第一链路在从故障中恢复时, 该网络设备以 递增的方式, 对各该目标节点的路径开销变化值进行第二排序处理; 用于对 该第一链路的链路开销进行 N次调整, 以使第 i次调整后的第一链路的链路 开销与该第一链路正常时的链路开销之差小于第三值且大于第四值, 其中, 该第三值是经过该第二排序处理后的第 N - i + 1个路径开销变化值, 该第四 值是各第三目标节点的路径开销变化值中的最大的值, 该第三目标节点与第 四目标节点构成待处理节点对,且该第三目标节点在第一路径中为该第四目 标节点的上一跳节点, 该第四目标节点是经过该第二排序处理后的第 N _ i + 1个路径开销变化值所对应的节点, 或该第四值是经过该第二排序处理后 的第 N - i个路径开销变化值。 In combination with the second aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in a fourth implementation manner of the second aspect, The link cost adjustment unit is configured to: when the first link recovers from the fault, the network device performs a second sorting process on the path cost change value of each target node in an incremental manner; The link cost of a link is adjusted N times, so that the difference between the link cost of the first link after the first adjustment and the link cost when the first link is normal is less than the third value and greater than the fourth. a value, where the third value is the N-th + 1 path cost change value after the second sorting process, where the fourth value is the largest value of the path cost change values of each third target node, The third target node and the fourth target node form a pair of pending nodes, and the third target node is a previous hop node of the fourth target node in the first path, and the fourth target node is subjected to the second sorting The node corresponding to the processed Nth _i + 1 path cost change value, or the fourth value is the N-th path cost change value after the second sorting process.
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式, 在第二方面的第五种实现方式中, 该 链路开销调整单元具体用于在该第一链路发生故障时, 该网络设备以递增的 方式, 对各该目标节点的路径开销变化值进行第三排序处理; 用于对该第一 链路的链路开销进行 N次调整, 以使第 i次调整后的第一链路的链路开销与 该第一链路正常时的链路开销之差大于第五值且小于第六值, 其中, 该第六 值是经过该第三排序处理后的第 i + 1个路径开销变化值,该第五值是各第五 目标节点的路径开销变化值中的最大的值, 该第五目标节点与第六目标节点 构成待处理节点对,且该第五目标节点在第一路径中为该第六目标节点的上 一跳节点,该第六目标节点是经过该第三排序处理后的第 i + 1个路径开销变 化值所对应的节点, 或该第五值是经过该第三排序处理后的第 i个路径开销 变化值。  With reference to the second aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in a fifth implementation manner of the second aspect, the link cost adjustment unit is specifically configured to: when the first link fails, the network device is in an incremental manner, The path cost change value of each of the target nodes is subjected to a third sorting process; and the link cost of the first link is adjusted N times, so that the link cost of the first link after the i-th adjustment is When the first link is normal, the difference between the link costs is greater than the fifth value and is less than the sixth value, where the sixth value is the i+1th path cost change value after the third sorting process, the fifth The value is the largest value among the path cost change values of the fifth target nodes, the fifth target node and the sixth target node form a pair of pending nodes, and the fifth target node is the sixth target in the first path a node of the last hop of the node, the sixth target node is a node corresponding to the i +1 path cost change value after the third sorting process, or the fifth value is after the third sorting process i path overhead Change value.
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式, 在第二方面的第六种实现方式中, 该 链路开销调整单元具体用于在该第一链路发生故障时, 该网络设备以递减的 方式, 对各该目标节点的路径开销变化值进行第四排序处理; 用于对该第一 链路的链路开销进行 N次调整, 以使第 i次调整后的第一链路的链路开销与 该第一链路正常时的链路开销之差大于第七值且小于第八值, 其中, 该第八 值是经过该第四排序处理后的第 N - i个路径开销变化值, 该第七值是各第 七目标节点的路径开销变化值中的最大的值, 该第七目标节点与第八目标节 点构成待处理节点对,且该第七目标节点在第一路径中为该第八目标节点的 上一跳节点, 该第八目标节点是经过该第四排序处理后的第 N - i + 1个路径 开销变化值所对应的节点, 或该第七值是经过该第四排序处理后的第 N - i + 1个路径开销变化值。 With reference to the second aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in a sixth implementation manner of the second aspect, the link cost adjustment unit is specifically configured to: when the first link fails, the network device is in a decreasing manner, The path cost change value of each of the target nodes is subjected to a fourth sorting process; and the link cost of the first link is adjusted N times, so that the link cost of the first link after the i-th adjustment is The difference between the link costs of the first link is greater than the seventh value and is less than the eighth value, wherein the eighth value is the N-th path cost change value after the fourth sorting process, and the seventh The value is the largest value among the path cost change values of the seventh target nodes, the seventh target node and the eighth target node form a pair of pending nodes, and the seventh target node is the eighth target in the first path a node of the last hop of the node, the eighth target node is a node corresponding to the N-i + 1 path cost change value after the fourth sorting process, or the seventh value is after the fourth sorting process N-i + 1 path cost change value.
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式, 在第二方面的第七种实现方式中, 该 链路开销调整单元还用于确定各目标节点计算最优路径所需要的处理时间; 用于根据该处理时间, 确定该至少两次调整之间的时间间隔; 用于根据该时 间间隔, 对该第一链路的链路开销进行至少两次调整。  With reference to the second aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in a seventh implementation manner of the second aspect, the link cost adjustment unit is further configured to determine a processing time required for each target node to calculate an optimal path; Time, determining a time interval between the at least two adjustments; and performing, according to the time interval, performing at least two adjustments on a link cost of the first link.
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式, 在第二方面的第八种实现方式中, 该 装置为该第二节点。  With reference to the second aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in an eighth implementation manner of the second aspect, the device is the second node.
根据本发明实施例的调整链路开销的方法和装置,通过对与第一节点直 接连接的第一链路的链路开销进行多次调整,在包括该第一链路且在该第一 链路正常时作为至该第一节点的最优链路的各第一路径中,在第一链路在从 故障中恢复时,使可能出现微环现象的待处理节点对中在第一路径上的下一 跳节点先于上一跳节点将至第一节点的最优路径迁移至第一路径, 或在第一 链路发生故障时,在使可能出现微环现象的待处理节点对中在第一路径上的 上一跳节点先于下一跳节点将至第一节点的最优路径迁移出第一路径, 从 而, 能够防止各待处理节点对之间出现微环现象。 附图说明  A method and apparatus for adjusting link overhead according to an embodiment of the present invention, by adjusting a link cost of a first link directly connected to a first node, including the first link and in the first chain When the path is normal as the first path to the optimal link to the first node, when the first link recovers from the failure, the pair of nodes to be processed that may have micro-ring phenomenon is on the first path. The next hop node migrates the optimal path to the first node to the first path before the previous hop node, or in the pair of pending nodes that may cause the micro ring phenomenon when the first link fails The upper hop node on the first path migrates the optimal path to the first node out of the first path before the next hop node, thereby preventing the micro ring phenomenon from occurring between the pair of nodes to be processed. DRAWINGS
为了更清楚地说明本发明实施例的技术方案, 下面将对实施例或现有技 术描述中所需要使用的附图作筒单地介绍, 显而易见地, 下面描述中的附图 仅仅是本发明的一些实施例, 对于本领域普通技术人员来讲, 在不付出创造 性劳动的前提下, 还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。  In order to more clearly illustrate the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present invention, the drawings to be used in the embodiments or the description of the prior art will be briefly described below. Obviously, the drawings in the following description are only the present invention. For some embodiments, other drawings may be obtained from those of ordinary skill in the art without departing from the drawings.
图 1是本发明一实施例的调整链路开销的方法的示意性流程图。  FIG. 1 is a schematic flowchart of a method for adjusting link overhead according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图 2是本发明一实施例的调整链路开销的方法所适用的通信系统的一例 的示意性架构图。  Fig. 2 is a schematic block diagram showing an example of a communication system to which the method for adjusting link overhead is applied according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图 3是本发明一实施例的调整链路开销的方法所适用的通信系统中以第 一节点作为树根时的逆向最优路径优先算法的示意性拓朴图。  3 is a schematic topological view of an inverse optimal path prioritization algorithm when a first node is used as a root in a communication system to which the method for adjusting link overhead is applied according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图 4是本发明一实施例的调整链路开销的装置的示意性框图。  4 is a schematic block diagram of an apparatus for adjusting link overhead according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图 5是本发明一实施例的调整链路开销的设备的示意性结构图。 具体实施方式  FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for adjusting link overhead according to an embodiment of the present invention. detailed description
下面将结合本发明实施例中的附图,对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行 清楚、 完整地描述, 显然, 所描述的实施例是本发明一部分实施例, 而不是 全部的实施例。 基于本发明中的实施例, 本领域普通技术人员在没有做出创 造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例, 都属于本发明保护的范围。 The technical solution in the embodiment of the present invention will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present invention. It is clear that the described embodiments are part of the embodiments of the invention, and not all of the embodiments. All other embodiments obtained by a person of ordinary skill in the art based on the embodiments of the present invention without departing from the inventive scope are the scope of the present invention.
本发明的技术方案, 可以应用于各种通信系统, 例如: 全球移动通讯系 统(GSM , Global System of Mobile communication ), 码分多址(CDMA, Code Division Multiple Access ) 系统, 宽带码分多址( WCDMA, Wideband Code Division Multiple Access Wireless ),通用分组无线业务 ( GPRS , General Packet Radio Service ), 长期演进 ( LTE, Long Term Evolution )等。  The technical solution of the present invention can be applied to various communication systems, such as: Global System of Mobile Communication (GSM), Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA), Wideband Code Division Multiple Access ( WCDMA, Wideband Code Division Multiple Access Wireless), General Packet Radio Service (GPRS), Long Term Evolution (LTE), etc.
图 1是本发明一实施例的调整链路开销的方法 100的示意性流程图。该 方法 100在包括至少三个节点的通信系统中执行, 其中, 第一节点与第二节 点之间通过第一链路直接连接, 该第一链路用于传输需要发送至该第一节点 的数据, 如图 1所示, 该方法 100包括:  FIG. 1 is a schematic flow chart of a method 100 for adjusting link overhead according to an embodiment of the present invention. The method 100 is performed in a communication system including at least three nodes, wherein a first node is directly connected to a second node by using a first link, and the first link is used for transmission to be sent to the first node. Data, as shown in FIG. 1, the method 100 includes:
S110, 当该第一链路发生故障或从故障中恢复时, 网络设备从该至少三 个节点中确定至少一个待处理节点对, 其中, 每个待处理节点对包括经由一 条链路相连的两个待处理节点, 该待处理节点能够通过不包括该第一链路的 第二路径向该第一节点发送报文, 并且, 该待处理节点能够在该第一链路正 常时通过包括该第一链路的第一路径向该第一节点发送报文, 其中, 一个第 二路径是从一个待处理节点在至该第一节点的不包括该第一链路的路径中 总的链路开销最小的路径, 一个第一路径是在该第一链路正常时从一个待处 理节点至该第一节点的最优路径, 并且, 每个待处理节点对中的各待处理节 点在第二路径上和第一路径上的上下跳关系相异;  S110. When the first link fails or recovers from the fault, the network device determines at least one pair of pending nodes from the at least three nodes, where each pair of to-be-processed nodes includes two connected by one link. a node to be processed, the node to be processed can send a message to the first node by using a second path that does not include the first link, and the node to be processed can include the first link when the first link is normal. The first path of a link sends a message to the first node, where a second path is a total link cost from a to-be-processed node to a path of the first node that does not include the first link. a minimum path, a first path is an optimal path from a pending node to the first node when the first link is normal, and each of the pending nodes in the pair of pending nodes is in a second path The upper and lower jumps on the first path are different from each other;
S120, 该网络设备确定各待处理节点的路径开销变化值, 该各待处理节 点的路径开销变化值是各待处理节点的第一路径开销与第二路径开销的差 值, 该第一路径开销是当第一链路正常时在第一路径上的总的链路开销, 该 第二路径开销是在第二路径上的总的链路开销;  S120, the network device determines a path cost change value of each to-be-processed node, where a path cost change value of each to-be-processed node is a difference between a first path cost and a second path cost of each to-be-processed node, where the first path cost is Is the total link cost on the first path when the first link is normal, and the second path cost is the total link overhead on the second path;
S130, 该网络设备根据该待处理节点的路径开销变化值, 对该第一链路 的链路开销进行至少两次调整, 以在该第一链路在从故障中恢复时, 使各待 处理节点对中在第一路径上的下一跳节点先于上一跳节点将至该第一节点 的最优路径迁移至该第一路径, 或  S130, the network device performs at least two adjustments on the link cost of the first link according to the path cost change value of the to-be-processed node, so that each of the pending links is to be processed when the first link recovers from the fault. The next hop node on the first path of the node pair migrates the optimal path to the first node to the first path before the previous hop node, or
以在该第一链路发生故障时,使各待处理节点对中在第一路径上的上一 跳节点先于下一跳节点将至该第一节点的最优路径迁移出该第一路径。 在现有技术中, 在发生链路故障或者故障恢复时, 一次性地调整并发布 故障链路的链路开销, 网络中的各节点基于该链路开销重新计算最优路径, 由于各网络设备在硬件能力上的差别以及设备运行的内外环境上的差别,导 致路由计算的启动时间点、 运行时长、 计算结束时间点以及下发转发信息库 表项的时间点不一致, 进而导致微环现象的出现。 When the first link fails, the previous hop node on the first path of each to-be-processed node pair migrates the optimal path to the first node out of the first path before the next hop node . In the prior art, when a link failure or a fault recovery occurs, the link cost of the faulty link is adjusted and released at one time, and each node in the network recalculates the optimal path based on the link cost, because each network device The differences in the hardware capabilities and the differences between the internal and external environments of the device operation result in inconsistencies in the start time, run time, end time of the calculation, and the time point at which the forwarding information table entries are sent, which leads to the microring phenomenon. appear.
与此相对, 在本发明实施例中, 通过多次(至少两次)调整并发布故障 链路的链路开销, 在链路恢复时, 使包括该故障链路的原最优路径上的下一 跳节点先于上一条节点将最优路径切换回原最优路径, 在链路故障时, 使原 最优路径上的上一跳节点先于下一条节点将最优路径迁移出原最优路径。从 而, 能够避免微环现象的出现。  In contrast, in the embodiment of the present invention, the link cost of the faulty link is adjusted and released multiple times (at least twice), and when the link is restored, the original optimal path including the faulty link is The one-hop node switches the optimal path back to the original optimal path before the previous node. When the link fails, the upper-hop node on the original optimal path moves the optimal path out of the original one before the next node. path. Therefore, the occurrence of the microring phenomenon can be avoided.
具体地说,在本发明实施例中,该方法 100需要在包括多个(至少三个) 节点的 IP网络中执行, 图 2示出了该方法 100所适用的通信系统 200的一 例。 如图 2所示, 该通信系统 200中包括例如, 10个节点, 即: 节点 a、 节 点 b、 节点 c、 节点 d、 节点 e、 节点 f、 节点 g、 节点 h、 节点 i、 节点 g。  Specifically, in an embodiment of the invention, the method 100 needs to be performed in an IP network comprising a plurality (at least three) of nodes, and Figure 2 shows an example of a communication system 200 to which the method 100 is applicable. As shown in FIG. 2, the communication system 200 includes, for example, 10 nodes, namely: node a, node b, node c, node d, node e, node f, node g, node h, node i, node g.
应理解, 以上列举的通信系统 200的结构仅为示例性说明, 本发明并不 限定于此, 可以对所包括的节点的数目, 以及各节点之间的连接关系进行任 意变更。  It should be understood that the configurations of the communication system 200 enumerated above are merely illustrative, and the present invention is not limited thereto, and the number of nodes included and the connection relationship between the nodes may be arbitrarily changed.
以下为了便于理解, 不失一般性地, 以节点 a作为第一节点, 以节点 b 作为第二节点, 以用于传输节点 b发送给节点 a的数据的链路 b→a作为第 一链路进行说明。  For ease of understanding, the node a is used as the first node and the node b is used as the second node, and the link b→a for transmitting the data sent by the node b to the node a is used as the first link. Be explained.
可选地, 在本发明实施例中, 该网络设备为该第二节点。  Optionally, in the embodiment of the present invention, the network device is the second node.
具体地说, 作为该方法 100的实施主体, 可以是第二节点(例如, 节点 b ), 也可以是用于在第一链路(例如, 链路 b→a )发生故障或故障恢复时调 节链路开销的网络设备, 并且, 该网络设备可以独立设置, 也可以设置在一 个或多个节点上,并且,在本发明实施例中,对于系统 200内的每一条链路, 可以分别配置一个用于执行该方法 100的网络设备,也可以由一个网络设备 统一地对各链路进行发生故障或故障恢复时的链路开销调整, 本发明并未特 别限定。  Specifically, as the implementation body of the method 100, it may be a second node (for example, node b), or may be used to adjust when the first link (for example, link b→a) fails or recovers from failure. The network device of the link overhead, and the network device can be set independently, or can be set on one or more nodes, and in the embodiment of the present invention, one for each link in the system 200 can be separately configured. The network device for performing the method 100 may also adjust the link cost when the link is faulty or faulty, and the network is not limited.
以下, 为了便于理解, 不失一般性地, 以节点 b作为该网络设备, 进行 说明。  Hereinafter, for the sake of easy understanding, the node b will be described as the network device without loss of generality.
S110, 节点 b可以检测链路 b→a的工作情况, 并在链路 b→a发生故障 或从故障中恢复时, 确定需要执行该方法 100, 并且, 该检测方法可以与现 有技术相同或相似, 这里, 为了避免赘述, 省略其说明。 S110, the node b can detect the working condition of the link b→a, and the link b→a fails. When it is recovered from the fault, it is determined that the method 100 needs to be performed, and the detection method may be the same as or similar to the prior art. Here, in order to avoid redundancy, the description thereof is omitted.
如上所述, 由于微环现象发生在一对待处理节点之间, 即, 两个待处理 节点在链路 b→ a发生故障前后, 在所选择的最优路径上的上下跳关系相反, 因此, 节点 b可以确定受链路 b→a发生故障或从故障中恢复的影响而需要 重新计算并选择最优路径的各节点 (待处理节点)。  As described above, since the microring phenomenon occurs between the nodes to be processed, that is, the two nodes to be processed have opposite to the upper and lower hops on the selected optimal path before and after the failure of the link b→a, therefore, Node b can determine the nodes (to-be-processed nodes) that need to recalculate and select the optimal path due to the impact of link b→a failure or recovery from failure.
在图 2所示的系统 200中,链路 b→a的链路开销为 10,链路 b→g的链 路开销为 10, 链路 g→i的链路开销为 10, 链路 i→j的链路开销为 10, 链路 j→a的链路开销为 100, 链路 b→c的链路开销为 10, 链路 c→d的链路开销 为 10, 链路 d→e的链路开销为 10, 链路 e→f的链路开销为 10, 链路 f→a 的链路开销为 100, 链路 f→a的链路开销为 10。  In the system 200 shown in FIG. 2, the link cost of the link b→a is 10, the link cost of the link b→g is 10, and the link cost of the link g→i is 10, the link i→ The link cost of j is 10, the link cost of link j→a is 100, the link cost of link b→c is 10, the link cost of link c→d is 10, and the link d→e The link cost is 10, the link cost of link e→f is 10, the link cost of link f→a is 100, and the link cost of link f→a is 10.
应理解, 以上列举的各链路开销的数值仅为示例性说明, 本发明并未限 定于此, 对于各链路的链路开销, 可以任意变更。  It should be understood that the numerical values of the respective link overheads listed above are merely illustrative, and the present invention is not limited thereto, and the link overhead of each link can be arbitrarily changed.
节点 b至节点 a的路径包括: 路径 1 (即, 链路 b→a )、 路径 2 (包括链 路 b→g、 链路 g→i、 链路 i→j、 链路 j→a )、 路径 3 (包括链路 b→c、 链路 c →d、 链路 d→e、 链路 e→f、 链路 f→a )。 其中, 路径 1的总链路开销为链路 b→a的链路开销 (即, 10 ), 路径 2的总链路开销为链路 b→g的链路开销、 链路 g→i的链路开销、链路 i→j的链路开销、链路 j→a的链路开销之和(即, 130 ),路径 3的总链路开销为链路 b→c的链路开销、链路 c→d的链路开销、 链路 d→ e的链路开销、链路 e→ f的链路开销、链路 f→ a的链路开销之和(即, 140 )。 因此, 当链路 b→a正常时, 节点 b至节点 a的最优路径为路径 1。 当 链路 b→a故障时, 节点 b至节点 a的最优路径为路径 2。  The path from node b to node a includes: path 1 (ie, link b→a), path 2 (including link b→g, link g→i, link i→j, link j→a), Path 3 (including link b→c, link c→d, link d→e, link e→f, link f→a). The total link cost of the path 1 is the link cost of the link b→a (that is, 10), and the total link cost of the path 2 is the link cost of the link b→g, and the link of the link g→i. The sum of the link cost, the link cost of link i→j, and the link cost of link j→a (ie, 130), the total link cost of path 3 is the link cost and link of link b→c. The link cost of c→d, the link cost of link d→e, the link cost of link e→f, and the link cost of link f→a (ie, 140). Therefore, when link b→a is normal, the optimal path from node b to node a is path 1. When link b→a fails, the optimal path from node b to node a is path 2.
节点 c至节点 a的路径包括: 路径 4 (包括链路 c→b、 链路 b→a )、 路 径 5 (包括链路 c→b、 链路 b→g、 链路 g→i、 链路 i→j、 链路 j→a )、 路径 6 (包括链路 c→d、 链路 d→e、 链路 e→f、 链路 f→a )。 其中, 通过如上所述 的求和计算, 可以确定路径 4的总链路开销为 20, 路径 5的总链路开销为 140, 路径 6的总链路开销为 130。 因此, 当链路 b→a正常时, 节点 c至节 点 a的最优路径为路径 4。 当链路 b→a故障时, 节点 c至节点 a的最优路径 为路径 6。  The path from node c to node a includes: path 4 (including link c→b, link b→a), path 5 (including link c→b, link b→g, link g→i, link) i→j, link j→a), path 6 (including link c→d, link d→e, link e→f, link f→a). The total link cost of path 4 is 20, the total link cost of path 5 is 140, and the total link cost of path 6 is 130. Therefore, when link b→a is normal, the optimal path from node c to node a is path 4. When link b→a fails, the optimal path from node c to node a is path 6.
节点 d至节点 a的路径包括: 路径 7 (包括链路 d→c、 链路 c→b、 链路 b→a )、 路径 8 (包括链路 d→c、 链路 c→b、 链路 b→g、 链路 g→i、 链路 i →j、 链路 j→a )、 路径 9 (包括链路 d→e、 链路 e→f、 链路 f→a )。 其中, 通 过如上所述的求和计算,可以确定路径 7的总链路开销为 30,路径 8的总链 路开销为 150, 路径 9的总链路开销为 120。 因此, 当链路 b→a正常时, 节 点 d至节点 a的最优路径为路径 7。 当链路 b→a故障时, 节点 d至节点 a的 最优路径为路径 9。 The path from node d to node a includes: path 7 (including link d→c, link c→b, link b→a), path 8 (including link d→c, link c→b, link) b→g, link g→i, link i →j, link j→a), path 9 (including link d→e, link e→f, link f→a). Through the summation calculation as described above, it can be determined that the total link cost of the path 7 is 30, the total link cost of the path 8 is 150, and the total link cost of the path 9 is 120. Therefore, when link b→a is normal, the optimal path from node d to node a is path 7. When link b→a fails, the optimal path from node d to node a is path 9.
节点 e至节点 a的路径包括: 路径 10 (包括链路6→(1、 链路 d→c、 链 路 c→b、 链路 b→a )、 路径 11 (包括链路 e→d、 链路 d→c、 链路 c→b、 链 路 b→g、 链路 g→i、 链路 i→j、 链路 j→a )、 路径 12 (包括链路 e→f、 链路 f→a )。 其中, 通过如上所述的求和计算, 可以确定路径 10的总链路开销为 40, 路径 11的总链路开销为 160, 路径 12的总链路开销为 110。 因此, 当 链路 b→a正常时, 节点 e至节点 a的最优路径为路径 10。 当链路 b→a故障 时, 节点 e至节点 a的最优路径为路径 12。  The path from node e to node a includes: path 10 (including link 6 → (1, link d→c, link c→b, link b→a), path 11 (including link e→d, chain) Road d→c, link c→b, link b→g, link g→i, link i→j, link j→a), path 12 (including link e→f, link f→ a) wherein, by the summation calculation as described above, it can be determined that the total link cost of the path 10 is 40, the total link cost of the path 11 is 160, and the total link cost of the path 12 is 110. Therefore, when the chain When the path b→a is normal, the optimal path from node e to node a is path 10. When link b→a fails, the optimal path from node e to node a is path 12.
节点 f至节点 a的路径包括: 路径 13 (包括链路 f→e、 链路 e→d、 链路 d→c、 链路 c→b、 链路 b→a )、 路径 14 (包括链路 f→e、 链路 e→d、 链路 d →c、 链路 c→b、 链路 b→g、 链路 g→i、 链路 i→j、 链路 j→a )、 路径 15 (包 括链路 f→a )。 其中, 通过如上所述的求和计算, 可以确定路径 13的总链路 开销为 50, 路径 14的总链路开销为 170, 路径 15的总链路开销为 100。 因 此, 当链路 b→a正常时, 节点 f至节点 a的最优路径为路径 13。 当链路 b →&故障时, 节点 f至节点 a的最优路径为路径 15。  The path from node f to node a includes: path 13 (including link f→e, link e→d, link d→c, link c→b, link b→a), path 14 (including link) f→e, link e→d, link d→c, link c→b, link b→g, link g→i, link i→j, link j→a), path 15 ( Includes link f→a). Through the summation calculation as described above, it can be determined that the total link cost of the path 13 is 50, the total link cost of the path 14 is 170, and the total link cost of the path 15 is 100. Therefore, when link b→a is normal, the optimal path from node f to node a is path 13. When link b → & fails, the optimal path from node f to node a is path 15.
节点 g至节点 a的路径包括: 路径 16 (包括链路 g→b、 链路 b→a )、 路 径 17 (包括链路 g→i、 链路 i→j、 链路 j→a )、 路径 18 (包括链路 g→b、 链 路 b→c、 链路 c→d、 链路 d→e、 链路 e→f、 链路 f→a )。 其中, 通过如上所 述的求和计算,可以确定路径 16的总链路开销为 20,路径 17的总链路开销 为 120, 路径 18的总链路开销为 150。 因此, 当链路 b→a正常时, 节点 g 至节点 a的最优路径为路径 16。 当链路 b→a故障时, 节点 g至节点 a的最 优路径为路径 17。  The path from node g to node a includes: path 16 (including link g→b, link b→a), path 17 (including link g→i, link i→j, link j→a), path 18 (including link g→b, link b→c, link c→d, link d→e, link e→f, link f→a). The total link cost of the path 16 is 20, the total link cost of the path 17 is 120, and the total link cost of the path 18 is 150 by the summation calculation as described above. Therefore, when link b→a is normal, the optimal path from node g to node a is path 16. When link b→a fails, the best path from node g to node a is path 17.
节点 h至节点 a的路径包括: 路径 19 (包括链路 h→g、 链路 g→b、 链 ^ b→a ), 路径 20 (包括链路 h→g、 链路 g→i、 链路 i→j、 链路 j→a )、 路 径 21 (包括链路 h→g、 链路 g→b、 链路 b→c、 链路 c→d、 链路 d→e、 链 路 e→f、 链路 f→a )。 其中, 通过如上所述的求和计算, 可以确定路径 19的 总链路开销为 30,路径 20的总链路开销为 130,路径 21的总链路开销为 160。 因此, 当链路 b→a正常时, 节点 h至节点 a的最优路径为路径 19。 当链路 b→a故障时, 节点 h至节点 a的最优路径为路径 20。 The path from node h to node a includes: path 19 (including link h→g, link g→b, chain^b→a), path 20 (including link h→g, link g→i, link) i→j, link j→a), path 21 (including link h→g, link g→b, link b→c, link c→d, link d→e, link e→f , link f→a). Through the summation calculation as described above, it can be determined that the total link cost of the path 19 is 30, the total link cost of the path 20 is 130, and the total link cost of the path 21 is 160. Therefore, when link b→a is normal, the optimal path from node h to node a is path 19. When link b→a fails, the optimal path from node h to node a is path 20.
节点 i至节点 a的路径包括: 路径 22 (包括链路 i→g、 链路 g→b、 链路 b→a )、 路径 23 (包括链路 i→j、 链路 j→a )、 路径 24 (包括链路 i→g、 链路 g→b、 链路 b→c、 链路 c→d、 链路 d→e、 链路 e→f、 链路 f→a )。 其中, 通 过如上所述的求和计算,可以确定路径 22的总链路开销为 30,路径 23的总 链路开销为 110, 路径 24的总链路开销为 160。 因此, 当链路 b→a正常时, 节点 i至节点 a的最优路径为路径 22。 当链路 b→a故障时, 节点 i至节点 a 的最优路径为路径 23。  The path from node i to node a includes: path 22 (including link i→g, link g→b, link b→a), path 23 (including link i→j, link j→a), path 24 (including link i→g, link g→b, link b→c, link c→d, link d→e, link e→f, link f→a). The total link cost of the path 22 is 30, the total link cost of the path 23 is 110, and the total link cost of the path 24 is 160 by the summation calculation as described above. Therefore, when link b→a is normal, the optimal path from node i to node a is path 22. When link b→a fails, the optimal path from node i to node a is path 23.
节点 j至节点 a的路径包括: 路径 25 (包括链路 j→i、 链路 i→g、 链路 g→b、 链路 b→a )、 路径 26 (包括链 j→a )、 路径 27 (包括链路 j→i、 链 路 i→g、 链路 g→b、 链路 b→c、 链路 c→d、 链路 d→e、 链路 e→f、 链路 f →a )。 其中, 通过如上所述的求和计算, 可以确定路径 25 的总链路开销为 40, 路径 26的总链路开销为 100, 路径 27的总链路开销为 170。 因此, 当 链路 b→a正常时, 节点 j至节点 a的最优路径为路径 25。 当链路 b→a故障 时, 节点 j至节点 a的最优路径为路径 26。  The path from node j to node a includes: path 25 (including link j→i, link i→g, link g→b, link b→a), path 26 (including chain j→a), path 27 (including link j→i, link i→g, link g→b, link b→c, link c→d, link d→e, link e→f, link f →a) . The total link cost of the path 25 is 40, the total link cost of the path 26 is 100, and the total link cost of the path 27 is 170 by the summation calculation as described above. Therefore, when link b→a is normal, the optimal path from node j to node a is path 25. When link b→a fails, the optimal path from node j to node a is path 26.
如上所述, 对于上述节点 b、 节点 c、 节点 d、 节点 e、 节点 f、 节点 g、 节点 h、 节点 i、 节点 j , 当链路 b→a发生故障或故障恢复时, 至节点 a的最 优路径均发生变化, 并且, 在链路 b→a正常时, 最优链路均包括链路 b→a。 因此, 可以确定在该系统 200中, 节点 b、 节点 c、 节点 d、 节点 e、 节点 f、 节点 g、 节点 h、 节点 i、 节点 j为在链路 b→a发生故障或故障恢复时受影响 的节点 (待处理节点)。  As described above, for the above-mentioned node b, node c, node d, node e, node f, node g, node h, node i, node j, when link b→a fails or recovers from failure, to node a The optimal path changes, and when the link b→a is normal, the optimal link includes the link b→a. Therefore, it can be determined that in the system 200, the node b, the node c, the node d, the node e, the node f, the node g, the node h, the node i, and the node j are subjected to a failure or failure recovery of the link b→a. The affected node (the node to be processed).
应理解, 由于网络架构随节点之间的连接以及节点的增减而变化, 受第 一链路影响的节点在不同的架构或架构发生变化时也会发生变化, 因此, 以 上列举的待处理节点仅为示例性说明, 本发明并不限定于此, 可以根据网络 架构来选择该受影响节点。  It should be understood that since the network architecture changes with the connection between nodes and the increase or decrease of nodes, the nodes affected by the first link also change when different architectures or architectures change. Therefore, the above-mentioned pending nodes are listed. For illustrative purposes only, the present invention is not limited thereto, and the affected node may be selected according to a network architecture.
在确定受影响节点后, 可以从上述受影响节点中, 确定各可能出现微环 先现象的待处理节点对, 例如, 在路径 4 (节点 c的第一路径) 中, 节点 b 是节点 c的下一跳节点, 在路径 2 (节点 b的第二路径) 中, 节点 b是节点 c的上一跳节点, 即, 在链路 b→a故障前后, 节点 b与节点 c的上下跳关系 发生变化, 在节点 b与节点 c之间可能出现微环现象, 因此, 节点 b与节点 C构成了一对待处理节点对。 After determining the affected node, the pair of pending nodes that may have a micro-ring phenomenon may be determined from the above-mentioned affected nodes, for example, in path 4 (the first path of node c), node b is node c Next hop node, in path 2 (the second path of node b), node b is the last hop node of node c, that is, before and after the link b→a failure, the bounce relationship between node b and node c occurs. Change, micro-ring phenomenon may occur between node b and node c, therefore, node b and node C constitutes a pair of processing nodes.
同理, 节点 c与节点 b构成了一对待处理节点对; 节点 d与节点 c构成 了一对待处理节点对, 节点 e与节点 d构成了一对待处理节点对, 节点 f与 节点 e构成了一对待处理节点对,节点 b与节点 g构成了一对待处理节点对, 节点 g与节点 i构成了一对待处理节点对, 节点 i与节点 j构成了一对待处 理节点对。  Similarly, node c and node b constitute a pair of nodes to be processed; node d and node c constitute a pair of nodes to be processed, node e and node d constitute a pair of nodes to be processed, node f and node e constitute a pair For the pair of processing nodes, node b and node g constitute a pair of processing nodes, node g and node i form a pair of nodes to be processed, and node i and node j constitute a pair of nodes to be processed.
需要说明的是, 在本发明实施例中, 在路径 19 (节点 h的第一路径)和 路径 20 (节点 h的第二路径) 中, 节点 h的下一跳节点均为节点 g, 所以节 点 h和节点 g之间不存在微环问题。 因此, 不将节点 h作为待处理节点。  It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present invention, in the path 19 (the first path of the node h) and the path 20 (the second path of the node h), the next hop node of the node h is the node g, so the node There is no microring problem between h and node g. Therefore, node h is not treated as a node to be processed.
应理解, 在本发明实施例中, "第一路径" 是指, 在故障链路(例如, 链路 b→a )正常时, 一个节点至该故障链路的一端节点 (例如, 节点 a ) 的 最优路径, 并且, 该路径以链路 b→a作为路径的一段。 因此, 对于不同节 点, 第一路径是相异的。  It should be understood that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the "first path" refers to a node to one end node of the faulty link (for example, node a) when the faulty link (for example, link b→a) is normal. The optimal path, and the path takes link b→a as a segment of the path. Therefore, for different nodes, the first path is different.
"第二路径" 是指, 在故障链路(例如, 链路 b→a )故障时, 一个节点 至该故障链路的一端节点(例如, 节点 a )的最优路径, 由于链路 b→a此时 发生故障, 从而该路径不会以链路 b→a作为路径的一段。 因此, 对于不同 节点, 第二路径是相异的。  The "second path" refers to an optimal path from one node to one end node (for example, node a) of the faulty link when the faulty link (for example, link b→a) fails, due to the link b→ a A fault occurs at this time, so that the path does not take link b→a as a segment of the path. Therefore, for different nodes, the second path is different.
需要说明的是, 在本发明实施例中, 一个待处理节点对所包括的两个待 处理节点之间通过一条链路相连, 并且, 如上所述确定的待处理节点(或者 说,在第一链路发生故障或故障恢复时受影响的节点)中不包括第一节点(这 里, 是节点 a )。  It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present invention, a pair of nodes to be processed are connected by a link between two nodes to be processed, and the node to be processed determined as described above (or, in the first The first node (here, node a) is not included in the node affected by the link failure or failure recovery.
S120, 节点 b可以将上述待处理节点对中的节点, 作为待处理节点, 并 且, 节点 b可以确定上述待处理节点的切换阈值(路径开销变化值), 该 "切 换阈值 " 是指触发路径切换的临界值, 即, 当链路 b→a的链路开销大于该 切换阈值时, 受影响的节点不会选择包括链路 b→a的路径作为至节点 a的 最优路径, 当链路 b→a的链路开销小于该切换阈值时, 受影响的节点会选 择包括链路 b→a的路径作为至节点 a的最优路径。  S120, the node b may use the node in the pair of nodes to be processed as the node to be processed, and the node b may determine a handover threshold (path cost change value) of the to-be-processed node, where the "switching threshold" refers to triggering path switching. The critical value, that is, when the link cost of link b→a is greater than the handover threshold, the affected node does not select the path including link b→a as the optimal path to node a, when link b When the link cost of →a is less than the handover threshold, the affected node selects the path including link b→a as the optimal path to node a.
在本发明实施例中,可以将一个待处理节点的在第一链路故障时的最优 路径上的总的链路开销(第二路径开销)与在第一链路正常时的最优路径上 的总的链路开销 (第一路径开销) 的差值, 作为该待处理节点的切换阈值。 以下表 1示出了系统 200中各待处理节点(节点 b、 节点 c、 节点 d、 节点 e、 节点 f、 节点 g、 节点 i、 节点 j ) 的切换阈值。 In the embodiment of the present invention, the total link cost (second path cost) of the to-be-processed node on the optimal path when the first link fails, and the optimal path when the first link is normal may be used. The difference between the total link overhead (first path overhead) on the switch threshold of the to-be-processed node. Table 1 below shows each node to be processed in system 200 (node b, node c, node d, node e, Switching threshold for node f, node g, node i, node j).
表 1  Table 1
Figure imgf000016_0001
Figure imgf000016_0001
在 S130, 节点 b可以根据如上所述, 确定的各待处理节点所对应的切 阈值, 对链路 b→a的链路开销进行多次(至少两次)调整, 以使每次调 整后, 对于同一路径上的上一跳节点和下一跳节点, 不会同时对最优路径进 行切换。  At S130, the node b may perform multiple (at least two) adjustments on the link cost of the link b→a according to the threshold value corresponding to each to-be-processed node determined as described above, so that after each adjustment, For the previous hop node and the next hop node on the same path, the optimal path is not switched at the same time.
在本发明实施例中, 在链路 b→a从故障中恢复时(即, 情况 1 )以及在 链路 b→a发生故障时(即, 情况 2 ), 对链路 b→a的链路开销的调整方式相 异, 下面, 分别对以上两种情况下的调整动作及方法进行说明。  In the embodiment of the present invention, when the link b→a recovers from the failure (ie, case 1) and when the link b→a fails (ie, case 2), the link to the link b→a The adjustment method of the overhead is different. The following describes the adjustment actions and methods in the above two cases.
情况 1  Situation 1
在链路 b→a从故障中恢复时, 节点 b可以将链路 b→a的链路开销从预 设的最高值(例如, 16777215 )逐次调整至正常值(这里, 是 10 )。  When the link b→a recovers from the failure, the node b can adjust the link overhead of the link b→a from the preset maximum value (for example, 16777215) to the normal value (here, 10).
可选地, 在本发明实施例中, 该网络设备根据该待处理节点的路径开销 变化值, 对该第一链路的链路开销进行至少两次调整, 包括:  Optionally, in the embodiment of the present invention, the network device performs at least two adjustments on the link cost of the first link according to the path cost change value of the to-be-processed node, including:
该网络设备从该待处理节点中, 确定 N个目标节点;  The network device determines N target nodes from the to-be-processed node;
该网络设备根据各该目标节点的路径开销变化值,对该第一链路的链路 开销进行 N次调整。  The network device adjusts the link cost of the first link N times according to the path cost change value of each target node.
在本发明实施例中, 可以根据上述待处理节点的个数, 确定调整的次数 (与目标节点的个数 N相同)。 可选地,该网络设备从该待处理节点中,确定至少一个目标节点, 包括: 该网络设备将该待处理节点的全部, 作为该 N个目标节点。 In the embodiment of the present invention, the number of adjustments (the same as the number N of target nodes) may be determined according to the number of nodes to be processed. Optionally, the determining, by the network device, the at least one target node from the to-be-processed node, the method includes: the network device as the N target nodes.
具体地说, 在本发明实施例中, 可以使调整的次数与待处理节点的个数 相同。 在系统 200中, 待处理节点的个数为 8 , 因此, 可以进行例如, 8次 例如, 可选地, 该网络设备根据各该目标节点的路径开销变化值, 对该 第一链路的链路开销进行 N次调整, 包括:  Specifically, in the embodiment of the present invention, the number of adjustments may be the same as the number of nodes to be processed. In the system 200, the number of nodes to be processed is 8, and therefore, for example, 8 times, for example, optionally, the network device changes the value of the path cost of each target node to the chain of the first link. The road cost is adjusted N times, including:
在该第一链路在从故障中恢复时, 该网络设备以递减的方式, 对各该目 标节点的路径开销变化值进行第一排序处理;  When the first link recovers from the fault, the network device performs a first sorting process on the path cost change value of each target node in a decreasing manner;
该网络设备对该第一链路的链路开销进行 N次调整, 以使第 i次调整后 的第一链路的链路开销与该第一链路正常时的链路开销之差小于等于第一 值且大于第二值, 其中, 该第一值是经过该第一排序处理后的第 i个路径开 销变化值, 该第二值是经过该第一排序处理后的第 i + 1个路径开销变化值。  The network device adjusts the link cost of the first link N times, so that the difference between the link cost of the first link after the i-th adjustment and the link cost when the first link is normal is less than or equal to The first value is greater than the second value, where the first value is the i-th path cost change value after the first sorting process, and the second value is the i-th 1 after the first sorting process Path cost change value.
并且,可选地,该网络设备从该待处理节点中,确定至少一个目标节点, 包括:  And optionally, the network device determines, from the to-be-processed node, the at least one target node, including:
该网络设备从该待处理节点中, 确定 N个目标节点, 该 N个目标节点 的路径开销变化值彼此相异。  The network device determines N target nodes from the to-be-processed nodes, and the path cost change values of the N target nodes are different from each other.
具体地说, 在上述实施例中, 各待处理节点的切换阈值均相异, 但不排 除各待处理节点的切换阈值有重复情况发生, 当各待处理节点的切换阈值有 重复时, 可以仅保留一个切换阈值发生重复的待处理节点, 或者说, 对于重 复的切换阈值, 可以仅保留一个。  Specifically, in the foregoing embodiment, the switching thresholds of the nodes to be processed are different, but the switching thresholds of the nodes to be processed are not duplicated. When the switching thresholds of the nodes to be processed are repeated, only A pending node whose switching threshold has been repeated is reserved, or only one of the repeated switching thresholds may be reserved.
节点 b可以按递减的顺序, 对目标节点的各切换阈值进行排序, 即, 可 以得到如下排列顺序:  Node b can sort the switching thresholds of the target node in descending order, that is, the following sorting order can be obtained:
120 (节点 b的切换阈值 ), 110 (节点 c的切换阈值 ), 100 (节点 g和 节点 h的切换阈值), 90 (节点 d的切换阈值 ), 80 (节点 i的切换阈值 ), 70 (节点 e的切换阈值), 60 (节点 j的切换阈值 ), 50 (节点 f的切换阈值)。  120 (switching threshold for node b), 110 (switching threshold for node c), 100 (switching threshold for node g and node h), 90 (switching threshold for node d), 80 (switching threshold for node i), 70 ( Switching threshold for node e), 60 (switching threshold for node j), 50 (switching threshold for node f).
其后, 节点 b可以对链路 b→a的链路开销进行 8次(该次数与表 1中 不互相重复的切换阈值的数量相同)调整。  Thereafter, node b can adjust the link overhead of link b→a 8 times (the number of times is the same as the number of handover thresholds that do not overlap each other in Table 1).
第一次调整并发布的链路 b→a的链路开销可以为小于 130 ( 120 + 10 ) 且大于 120 ( 110 + 10 ) 的任意数值, 例如, 125 ( 115 + 10 ), 经第一次调整 后, 仅节点 b会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 2 (包括链路 b→a ), 由 于经第一次调整后的链路 b→a的链路开销变化( 115 ) 大于节点 c和节点 g 的切换阈值, 因此, 节点 c不会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 6, 并且, 节点 g不会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 17, 从而, 能够避免因节点 g 或节点 c的硬件能力及处理环境优于节点 b而导致节点 c与节点 b之间或节 点 g与节点 b之间发生微环现象。 The link cost of the link b→a that is first adjusted and released may be any value less than 130 (120 + 10) and greater than 120 (110 + 10), for example, 125 (115 + 10), after the first time After adjustment, only node b will switch the optimal path to node a to path 2 (including link b→a), The link cost change (115) of the link b→a after the first adjustment is greater than the switching threshold of the node c and the node g, therefore, the node c does not switch the optimal path to the node a to the path 6, Moreover, the node g does not switch the optimal path to the node a to the path 17, thereby avoiding the relationship between the node c and the node b or the node g due to the hardware capability of the node g or the node c and the processing environment being better than the node b. A microring phenomenon occurs between the node b and the node b.
第二次调整并发布的链路 b→a的链路开销可以为小于 120 ( 110 + 10 ) 且大于 110 ( 100 + 10 ) 的任意数值, 例如, 115 ( 105 + 10 ), 经第二次调整 后, 节点 c会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 6 (包括链路 b→a ), 由于 经第二次调整后的链路 b→a的链路开销变化( 105 )大于节点 d的切换阈值, 因此, 节点 d不会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 9, 从而, 能够避免因 节点 d的硬件能力及处理环境优于节点 c而导致节点 d与节点 c之间发生微 环现象。 并且, 由于在第一次调整后节点 b已将至节点 a的最优路径切换至 路径 2, 因此节点 b与节点 c之间不会发生微环现象。  The link cost of the link b→a adjusted and released for the second time may be any value less than 120 (110 + 10) and greater than 110 (100 + 10), for example, 115 (105 + 10), after the second time After adjustment, node c will switch the optimal path to node a to path 6 (including link b→a), because the link cost change (105) of the link b→a after the second adjustment is greater than the node. The switching threshold of d, therefore, node d does not switch the optimal path to node a to path 9, thereby avoiding the relationship between node d and node c due to the hardware capability of node d and the processing environment being better than node c. A microring phenomenon occurs. Moreover, since the node b has switched the optimal path to the node a to the path 2 after the first adjustment, the microring phenomenon does not occur between the node b and the node c.
第三次调整并发布的链路 b→a的链路开销可以为小于 110 ( 100 + 10 ) 且大于 100 ( 90 + 10 )的任意数值, 例如, 105 ( 95 + 10 ), 经第三次调整后, 节点 g会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 17 (包括链路 b→a ), 由于经第 三次调整后的链路 b→a的链路开销变化( 95 )大于节点 i的切换阈值, 因此, 节点 i不会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 23 , 从而, 能够避免因节点 i 的硬件能力及处理环境优于节点 g而导致节点 i与节点 g之间发生微环现象。 并且, 由于在第一次调整后节点 b已将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 2, 因此节点 b与节点 g之间不会发生微环现象。  The link cost of the link b→a adjusted and released for the third time may be any value less than 110 (100 + 10) and greater than 100 (90 + 10), for example, 105 (95 + 10), after the third time After adjustment, node g will switch the optimal path to node a to path 17 (including link b→a), since the link cost change (95) of the link b→a after the third adjustment is greater than the node. The switching threshold of i, therefore, node i does not switch the optimal path to node a to path 23, thereby avoiding the relationship between node i and node g due to the hardware capability of node i and the processing environment being better than node g A microring phenomenon occurs. Also, since the node b has switched the optimal path to the node a to the path 2 after the first adjustment, the microring phenomenon does not occur between the node b and the node g.
需要说明的是, 在本发明实施例中, 节点 h的切换阈值与节点 g的切换 阈值均为 100, 因此, 节点 h与节点 g同时对至节点 a的最优链路进行切换。 但是, 由于节点 h的切换阈值与节点 g的切换阈值相同, 表示在路径 19和 路径 20中, 节点 h均为节点 g的上一跳节点, 所以节点 h和节点 g之间不 存在微环问题。  It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the handover threshold of the node h and the handover threshold of the node g are both 100. Therefore, the node h and the node g simultaneously switch the optimal link to the node a. However, since the handover threshold of the node h is the same as the handover threshold of the node g, it is indicated that in the path 19 and the path 20, the node h is the previous hop node of the node g, so there is no micro-ring problem between the node h and the node g. .
第四次调整并发布的链路 b→a的链路开销可以为小于 100 ( 90 + 10 )且 大于 90 ( 80 + 10 ) 的任意数值, 例如, 95 ( 85 + 10 ), 经第四次调整后, 节 点 d会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 9 (包括链路 b→a ), 由于经第四 次调整后的链路 b→a的链路开销变化(85 ) 大于节点 e的切换阈值, 因此, 节点 e不会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 12, 从而, 能够避免因节点 e 的硬件能力及处理环境优于节点 d而导致节点 e与节点 d之间发生微环现象。 并且, 由于在第二次调整后节点 c已将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 6, 因此节点 c与节点 d之间不会发生微环现象。 The link cost of the link b→a adjusted and released for the fourth time may be any value less than 100 (90 + 10) and greater than 90 (80 + 10), for example, 95 (85 + 10), after the fourth time After adjustment, node d will switch the optimal path to node a to path 9 (including link b→a), because the link cost change (85) of link b→a after the fourth adjustment is greater than the node. The switching threshold of e, therefore, the node e does not switch the optimal path to the node a to the path 12, thereby avoiding the node e The hardware capability and processing environment are better than the node d, which causes a microring phenomenon between the node e and the node d. And, since the node c has switched the optimal path to the node a to the path 6 after the second adjustment, the micro-ring phenomenon does not occur between the node c and the node d.
第五次调整并发布的链路 b→a的链路开销可以为小于 90 (80 + 10)且 大于 80 (70+ 10) 的任意数值, 例如, 85 (75 + 10), 经第五次调整后, 节 点 i会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 23 (包括链路 b→a ), 由于经第五 次调整后的链路 b→a的链路开销变化(75) 大于节点 j的切换阈值, 因此, 节点 j不会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 26, 从而, 能够避免因节点 j 的硬件能力及处理环境优于节点 i而导致节点 j与节点 i之间发生微环现象。 并且, 由于在第三次调整后节点 g已将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 17, 因此节点 g与节点 i之间不会发生微环现象。  The link cost of link b→a, which is adjusted and released for the fifth time, can be any value less than 90 (80 + 10) and greater than 80 (70+ 10), for example, 85 (75 + 10), after the fifth time After adjustment, node i will switch the optimal path to node a to path 23 (including link b→a), because the link cost change (75) of link b→a after the fifth adjustment is greater than the node. The switching threshold of j, therefore, node j does not switch the optimal path to node a to path 26, thereby avoiding the relationship between node j and node i due to the hardware capability of node j and the processing environment being better than node i A microring phenomenon occurs. And, since the node g has switched the optimal path to the node a to the path 17 after the third adjustment, the micro-ring phenomenon does not occur between the node g and the node i.
第六次调整并发布的链路 b→a的链路开销可以为小于 80 (70 + 10)且 大于 70 (60+ 10) 的任意数值, 例如, 75 (65 + 10), 经第六次调整后, 节 点 e会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 12 (包括链路1)→3), 由于经第六 次调整后的链路 b→a的链路开销变化(65) 大于节点 f的切换阈值, 因此, 节点 f不会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 15, 从而, 能够避免因节点 f 的硬件能力及处理环境优于节点 e而导致节点 f与节点 e之间发生微环现象。 并且, 由于在第四次调整后节点 d已将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 9, 因此节点 d与节点 e之间不会发生微环现象。  The link cost of link b→a, which is adjusted and released for the sixth time, can be any value less than 80 (70 + 10) and greater than 70 (60+ 10), for example, 75 (65 + 10), after the sixth time. After adjustment, node e will switch the optimal path to node a to path 12 (including link 1) → 3), because the link cost change (65) of link b→a after the sixth adjustment is greater than The switching threshold of the node f, therefore, the node f does not switch the optimal path to the node a to the path 15, thereby avoiding the node f and the node e due to the hardware capability of the node f and the processing environment being better than the node e A microring phenomenon occurs between them. Moreover, since the node d has switched the optimal path to the node a to the path 9 after the fourth adjustment, the micro-ring phenomenon does not occur between the node d and the node e.
第七次调整并发布的链路 b→a的链路开销可以为小于 70 (60+ 10)且 大于 60 (50 + 10) 的任意数值, 例如, 65 (55 + 10), 经第七次调整后, 节 点 j会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 26 (包括链路 b→a ), 由于在第五 次调整后节点 i已将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 23, 因此节点 i与节点 j之间不会发生微环现象。  The link cost of the link b→a adjusted and released for the seventh time may be any value less than 70 (60+10) and greater than 60 (50 + 10), for example, 65 (55 + 10), after the seventh time After adjustment, node j will switch the optimal path to node a to path 26 (including link b→a), since node i has switched the optimal path to node a to path 23 after the fifth adjustment, Therefore, the micro-ring phenomenon does not occur between the node i and the node j.
第八次调整并发布的链路 b→a的链路开销可以为小于 60 (50 + 10) 的 任意数值, 例如, 55 (45 + 10), 经第八次调整后, 节点 f会将至节点 a的最 优路径切换至路径 15 (包括链路1)→3), 由于在第六次调整后节点 e已将至 节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 12, 因此节点 e与节点 f之间不会发生微环现 再例如, 可选地, 该网络设备根据各该目标节点的路径开销变化值, 对 一链路的链路开销进行 N次调整, 包括: 在该第一链路在从故障中恢复时, 该网络设备以递增的方式, 对各该目 标节点的路径开销变化值进行第二排序处理; The link cost of link b→a, which is adjusted and released for the eighth time, can be any value less than 60 (50 + 10), for example, 55 (45 + 10). After the eighth adjustment, node f will The optimal path of node a is switched to path 15 (including link 1) → 3). Since node e has switched the optimal path to node a to path 12 after the sixth adjustment, node e and node f For example, the network device adjusts the link cost of a link N times according to the path cost change value of each target node, including: When the first link recovers from the fault, the network device performs a second sorting process on the path cost change value of each target node in an incremental manner;
该网络设备对该第一链路的链路开销进行 N次调整, 以使第 i次调整后 的第一链路的链路开销与该第一链路正常时的链路开销之差小于第三值且 大于第四值, 其中, 该第三值是经过该第二排序处理后的第 N _ i + 1个路径 开销变化值, 该第四值是经过该第二排序处理后的第 N - i个路径开销变化 值。  The network device adjusts the link cost of the first link N times, so that the difference between the link cost of the first link after the i-th adjustment and the link cost when the first link is normal is smaller than the first The third value is greater than the fourth value, wherein the third value is the Nth_1 + 1 path cost change value after the second sorting process, and the fourth value is the Nth after the second sorting process - i path cost change values.
并且,可选地,该网络设备从该待处理节点中,确定至少一个目标节点, 包括:  And optionally, the network device determines, from the to-be-processed node, the at least one target node, including:
该网络设备从该待处理节点中, 确定 N个目标节点, 该 N个目标节点 的路径开销变化值彼此相异。  The network device determines N target nodes from the to-be-processed nodes, and the path cost change values of the N target nodes are different from each other.
具体地说, 在上述实施例中, 各待处理节点的切换阈值均相异, 但不排 除各待处理节点的切换阈值有重复情况发生, 当各待处理节点的切换阈值有 重复时, 可以仅保留一个切换阈值发生重复的待处理节点, 或者说, 对于重 复的切换阈值, 可以仅保留一个。  Specifically, in the foregoing embodiment, the switching thresholds of the nodes to be processed are different, but the switching thresholds of the nodes to be processed are not duplicated. When the switching thresholds of the nodes to be processed are repeated, only A pending node whose switching threshold has been repeated is reserved, or only one of the repeated switching thresholds may be reserved.
节点 b可以按递增的顺序, 对目标节点的各切换阈值进行排序, 即, 可 以得到如下排列顺序:  Node b can sort the switching thresholds of the target node in increasing order, that is, the following sorting order can be obtained:
50 (节点 f的切换阈值 ), 60 (节点 j的切换阈值 ), 70 (节点 e的切换 阈值), 80 (节点 i的切换阈值 ), 90 (节点 d的切换阈值 ), 100 (节点 g和 节点 h的切换阈值 ), 110 (节点 c的切换阈值 ), 120 (节点 b的切换阈值)。  50 (switching threshold of node f), 60 (switching threshold of node j), 70 (switching threshold of node e), 80 (switching threshold of node i), 90 (switching threshold of node d), 100 (node g and Switching threshold for node h), 110 (switching threshold for node c), 120 (switching threshold for node b).
其后, 节点 b可以对链路 b→a的链路开销进行 8次(该次数与表 1中 不互相重复的切换阈值的数量相同)调整。  Thereafter, node b can adjust the link overhead of link b→a 8 times (the number of times is the same as the number of handover thresholds that do not overlap each other in Table 1).
第一次调整并发布的链路 b→a的链路开销可以为小于 130 ( 120 + 10 ) 且大于 120 ( 110 + 10 ) 的任意数值, 例如, 125 ( 115 + 10 ), 经第一次调整 后, 仅节点 b会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 2 (包括链路 b→a ), 由 于经第一次调整后的链路 b→a的链路开销变化( 115 ) 大于节点 c和节点 g 的切换阈值, 因此, 节点 c不会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 6, 并且, 节点 g不会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 17 , 从而, 能够避免因节点 g 或节点 c的硬件能力及处理环境优于节点 b而导致节点 c与节点 b之间或节 点 g与节点 b之间发生微环现象。  The link cost of the link b→a that is first adjusted and released may be any value less than 130 (120 + 10) and greater than 120 (110 + 10), for example, 125 (115 + 10), after the first time After adjustment, only node b will switch the optimal path to node a to path 2 (including link b→a), because the link cost change (115) of link b→a after the first adjustment is greater than The switching threshold of node c and node g, therefore, node c does not switch the optimal path to node a to path 6, and node g does not switch the optimal path to node a to path 17, thereby enabling Avoid micro-ring phenomenon between node c and node b or between node g and node b because the hardware capability and processing environment of node g or node c are better than node b.
第二次调整并发布的链路 b→a的链路开销可以为小于 120 ( 110 + 10 ) 且大于 110 ( 100 + 10) 的任意数值, 例如, 115 ( 105 + 10), 经第二次调整 后, 节点 c会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 6 (包括链路 b→a), 由于 经第二次调整后的链路 b→a的链路开销变化( 105 )大于节点 d的切换阈值, 因此, 节点 d不会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 9, 从而, 能够避免因 节点 d的硬件能力及处理环境优于节点 c而导致节点 d与节点 c之间发生微 环现象。 并且, 由于在第一次调整后节点 b已将至节点 a的最优路径切换至 路径 2, 因此节点 b与节点 c之间不会发生微环现象。 The link cost of link b→a that is adjusted and released for the second time can be less than 120 (110 + 10) And any value greater than 110 (100 + 10), for example, 115 (105 + 10), after the second adjustment, node c will switch the optimal path to node a to path 6 (including link b→a) ), since the link cost change (105) of the link b→a after the second adjustment is greater than the switching threshold of the node d, the node d does not switch the optimal path to the node a to the path 9, thereby The micro-ring phenomenon between the node d and the node c can be avoided due to the hardware capability of the node d and the processing environment being better than the node c. Moreover, since the node b has switched the optimal path to the node a to the path 2 after the first adjustment, the micro-ring phenomenon does not occur between the node b and the node c.
第三次调整并发布的链路 b→a的链路开销可以为小于 110 ( 100+ 10) 且大于 100 (90+ 10)的任意数值, 例如, 105 (95 + 10), 经第三次调整后, 节点 g会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 17 (包括链路 b→a ), 由于经第 三次调整后的链路 b→a的链路开销变化( 95 )大于节点 i的切换阈值, 因此, 节点 i不会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 23, 从而, 能够避免因节点 i 的硬件能力及处理环境优于节点 g而导致节点 i与节点 g之间发生微环现象。 并且, 由于在第一次调整后节点 b已将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 2, 因此节点 b与节点 g之间不会发生微环现象。  The link cost of the link b→a that is adjusted and released for the third time can be any value less than 110 (100+ 10) and greater than 100 (90+ 10), for example, 105 (95 + 10), after the third time After adjustment, node g will switch the optimal path to node a to path 17 (including link b→a), since the link cost change (95) of the link b→a after the third adjustment is greater than the node. The switching threshold of i, therefore, node i does not switch the optimal path to node a to path 23, thereby avoiding the relationship between node i and node g due to the hardware capability of node i and the processing environment being better than node g A microring phenomenon occurs. Also, since the node b has switched the optimal path to the node a to the path 2 after the first adjustment, the microring phenomenon does not occur between the node b and the node g.
需要说明的是, 在本发明实施例中, 节点 h的切换阈值与节点 g的切换 阈值均为 100, 因此, 节点 h与节点 g同时对至节点 a的最优链路进行切换。 但是, 由于节点 h的切换阈值与节点 g的切换阈值相同, 表示在路径 19和 路径 20中, 节点 h均为节点 g的上一跳节点, 所以节点 h和节点 g之间不 存在微环问题。  It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the handover threshold of the node h and the handover threshold of the node g are both 100. Therefore, the node h and the node g simultaneously switch the optimal link to the node a. However, since the handover threshold of the node h is the same as the handover threshold of the node g, it is indicated that in the path 19 and the path 20, the node h is the previous hop node of the node g, so there is no micro-ring problem between the node h and the node g. .
第四次调整并发布的链路 b→a的链路开销可以为小于 100 ( 90 + 10 )且 大于 90 (80+ 10) 的任意数值, 例如, 95 ( 85 + 10), 经第四次调整后, 节 点 d会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 9 (包括链路 b→a), 由于经第四 次调整后的链路 b→a的链路开销变化(85) 大于节点 e的切换阈值, 因此, 节点 e不会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 12, 从而, 能够避免因节点 e 的硬件能力及处理环境优于节点 d而导致节点 e与节点 d之间发生微环现象。 并且, 由于在第二次调整后节点 c已将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 6, 因此节点 c与节点 d之间不会发生微环现象。  The link cost of link b→a, which is adjusted and released for the fourth time, can be any value less than 100 (90 + 10) and greater than 90 (80+ 10), for example, 95 (85 + 10), after the fourth time After adjustment, node d will switch the optimal path to node a to path 9 (including link b→a), because the link cost change (85) of link b→a after the fourth adjustment is greater than the node. The switching threshold of e, therefore, node e does not switch the optimal path to node a to path 12, thereby avoiding the relationship between node e and node d due to the hardware capability of node e and the processing environment being better than node d A microring phenomenon occurs. And, since the node c has switched the optimal path to the node a to the path 6 after the second adjustment, the micro-ring phenomenon does not occur between the node c and the node d.
第五次调整并发布的链路 b→a的链路开销可以为小于 90 (80+ 10)且 大于 80 (70+ 10) 的任意数值, 例如, 85 (75 + 10), 经第五次调整后, 节 点 i会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 23 (包括链路 b→a ), 由于经第五 次调整后的链路 b→a的链路开销变化(75) 大于节点 j的切换阈值, 因此, 节点 j不会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 26, 从而, 能够避免因节点 j 的硬件能力及处理环境优于节点 i而导致节点 j与节点 i之间发生微环现象。 并且, 由于在第三次调整后节点 g已将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 17, 因此节点 g与节点 i之间不会发生微环现象。 The link cost of link b→a, which is adjusted and released for the fifth time, can be any value less than 90 (80+ 10) and greater than 80 (70+ 10), for example, 85 (75 + 10), after the fifth time After adjustment, node i will switch the optimal path to node a to path 23 (including link b→a), due to the fifth The link cost change (75) of the second adjusted link b→a is greater than the switching threshold of the node j. Therefore, the node j does not switch the optimal path to the node a to the path 26, thereby avoiding the node j The hardware capability and processing environment are better than node i, which causes micro-ring phenomenon between node j and node i. And, since the node g has switched the optimal path to the node a to the path 17 after the third adjustment, the micro-ring phenomenon does not occur between the node g and the node i.
第六次调整并发布的链路 b→a的链路开销可以为小于 80 (70 + 10)且 大于 70 (60+ 10) 的任意数值, 例如, 75 (65 + 10), 经第六次调整后, 节 点 e会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 12 (包括链路1)→3), 由于经第六 次调整后的链路 b→a的链路开销变化( 65 ) 大于节点 f的切换阈值, 因此, 节点 f不会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 15, 从而, 能够避免因节点 f 的硬件能力及处理环境优于节点 e而导致节点 f与节点 e之间发生微环现象。 并且, 由于在第四次调整后节点 d已将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 9, 因此节点 d与节点 e之间不会发生微环现象。  The link cost of link b→a, which is adjusted and released for the sixth time, can be any value less than 80 (70 + 10) and greater than 70 (60+ 10), for example, 75 (65 + 10), after the sixth time. After adjustment, node e will switch the optimal path to node a to path 12 (including link 1) → 3), because the link cost change ( 65 ) of link b→a after the sixth adjustment is greater than The switching threshold of the node f, therefore, the node f does not switch the optimal path to the node a to the path 15, thereby avoiding the node f and the node e due to the hardware capability of the node f and the processing environment being better than the node e A microring phenomenon occurs between them. Moreover, since the node d has switched the optimal path to the node a to the path 9 after the fourth adjustment, the micro-ring phenomenon does not occur between the node d and the node e.
第七次调整并发布的链路 b→a的链路开销可以为小于 70 (60+ 10)且 大于 60 (50 + 10) 的任意数值, 例如, 65 (55 + 10), 经第七次调整后, 节 点 j会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 26 (包括链路 b→a ), 由于在第五 次调整后节点 i已将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 23, 因此节点 i与节点 j之间不会发生微环现象。  The link cost of the link b→a adjusted and released for the seventh time may be any value less than 70 (60+10) and greater than 60 (50 + 10), for example, 65 (55 + 10), after the seventh time After adjustment, node j will switch the optimal path to node a to path 26 (including link b→a), since node i has switched the optimal path to node a to path 23 after the fifth adjustment, Therefore, the micro-ring phenomenon does not occur between the node i and the node j.
第八次调整并发布的链路 b→a的链路开销可以为小于 60 (50 + 10) 的 任意数值, 例如, 55 (45 + 10), 经第八次调整后, 节点 f会将至节点 a的最 优路径切换至路径 15 (包括链路1)→3), 由于在第六次调整后节点 e已将至 节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 12, 因此节点 e与节点 f之间不会发生微环现 以上, 列举了根据待处理节点来确定调整次数的实施例, 但本发明并未 限定于此, 例如, 在链路 b→a从故障中恢复时, 可以通过一次调整, 使两 个或者两个以上的待处理节点对中的在第一路径上的下一跳节点先于上一 跳节点将最优路径切换至第一路径。 作为实现方法, 可以进行以下动作。  The link cost of link b→a, which is adjusted and released for the eighth time, can be any value less than 60 (50 + 10), for example, 55 (45 + 10). After the eighth adjustment, node f will The optimal path of node a is switched to path 15 (including link 1) → 3). Since node e has switched the optimal path to node a to path 12 after the sixth adjustment, node e and node f The embodiment of determining the number of adjustments according to the node to be processed is listed, but the present invention is not limited thereto. For example, when the link b→a recovers from the failure, the adjustment may be performed once. And causing the next hop node on the first path of the two or more pairs of pending nodes to switch the optimal path to the first path before the previous hop node. As an implementation method, the following actions can be performed.
即, 可选地, 该网络设备根据该待处理节点的路径开销变化值, 对该第 一链路的链路开销进行至少两次调整, 包括:  That is, the network device optionally adjusts the link cost of the first link at least twice according to the path cost change value of the to-be-processed node, including:
该网络设备根据各待处理节点的路径开销变化值,确定各待处理节点的 调整范围, 其中, 一个待处理节点的调整范围为小于等于该待处理节点的路 径开销变化值, 且大于等于该待处理节点的参考节点的路径开销变化值, 一 个待处理节点的参考节点是该待处理节点在各第一路径上的上一跳节点中 路径开销变化值最大的节点; The network device determines the adjustment range of each node to be processed according to the path cost change value of each node to be processed, where the adjustment range of a node to be processed is less than or equal to the path of the node to be processed. The path cost change value is greater than or equal to the path cost change value of the reference node of the to-be-processed node, and the reference node of the to-be-processed node is the path cost change value of the node to be processed in the previous hop node on each first path. Node
该网络设备根据该待处理节点的调整范围,对该第一链路的链路开销进 行至少两次调整。  The network device adjusts the link overhead of the first link at least twice according to the adjustment range of the to-be-processed node.
具体地说, 图 3是本发明一实施例的调整链路开销的方法所适用的通信 系统中以第一节点作为树根时的逆向最优路径优先算法的示意性拓朴图。。 需要说明的是, 图 3中的数字标识所对应的待处理节点的切换阈值。 在链路 b→a从故障中恢复时, 由于需要确保各待处理节点对中的下一跳节点(距节 点 a的跳数较小 )先于上一跳节点 (距节点 a的跳数较大 )对最优路径进行 切换, 并且, 由于各节点的第一路径均包括链路 b→a, 或者说, 各第一路径 均以节点 b作为最后一个中转节点, 因此, 需要确保距节点 a的跳数最小的 待处理节点 (即, 节点 b )最先完成切换。  Specifically, FIG. 3 is a schematic topological diagram of a reverse optimal path prioritization algorithm when the first node is used as a root in the communication system to which the method for adjusting link overhead is applied according to an embodiment of the present invention. . It should be noted that the digital identifier in FIG. 3 identifies the handover threshold of the node to be processed. When the link b→a recovers from the fault, it is necessary to ensure that the next hop node in each pair of pending nodes (the hop count from the node a is smaller) precedes the previous hop node (the number of hops from the node a is higher. Large) switching the optimal path, and since the first path of each node includes the link b→a, or the first path uses the node b as the last transit node, it is necessary to ensure the distance from the node a. The node with the smallest number of hops (ie, node b) completes the handover first.
在本发明实施例中, 首先, 可以对于第一链路故障情况下, 使用逆向最 短路径优先(RSPF, Reverse Shortest Path FIRST )算法, 计算各待处理节点 到根节点(第一节点)的路径 cost值 D(i,max)。 对于链路正常情况下, 使用 RSPF算法, 计算各待处理节点到根节点 cost值 D ( i, min )。  In the embodiment of the present invention, first, in the case of the first link failure, the reverse shortest path first (RSPF) algorithm is used to calculate the path cost of each node to the root node (first node). The value D(i,max). For the link normal, use the RSPF algorithm to calculate the cost value D ( i, min ) from each node to the root node.
其后,计算对于各待处理节点的防微环切换需要调整的第一链路的最大 链路开销值 Δ cost ( i , max ):  Thereafter, the maximum link cost value Δ cost ( i , max ) of the first link that needs to be adjusted for the anti-micro ring switching of each node to be processed is calculated:
A cost ( i, max ) =D(i,max) - D ( i, min )。  A cost ( i, max ) = D(i, max) - D ( i, min ).
计算各待处理节点的防微环切换需要调整的第一链路的最小链路开销 值 Δ cost ( i, min ):  Calculate the minimum link cost Δ cost ( i, min ) of the first link that needs to be adjusted for the anti-micro ring switching of each node to be processed:
△ cost ( i, min ) =MAX{ Δ cost ( j , max ) } , 其中, 节点 j是节点 i在 第一链路正常情况下的儿子节点 (或者说, 节点 j是节点 i在第一路径上的 上一跳节点)。  Δ cost ( i, min ) =MAX{ Δ cost ( j , max ) } , where node j is the son node of node i under normal conditions of the first link (or node j is node i in the first path) The last hop node).
从而,对于节点 i的防微环切换需要调整的第一链路的 cost值范围(即, 调整范围)是<厶。(^ ( i, min ) +K, A cost ( i, max ) + K>, 其中 K是第一 链路正常时的 cost值。  Therefore, the range of cost values (ie, the adjustment range) of the first link that needs to be adjusted for the anti-micro ring switching of the node i is <厶. (^ ( i, min ) +K, A cost ( i, max ) + K>, where K is the cost value when the first link is normal.
其后, 可以根据各节点的调整范围, 进行调整, 例如, 在系统 200中, 节点 g的调整范围为 [80, 100] , 节点 c的调整范围为 [90, 110] , 并且, 节点 g构成待处理节点对的节点的切换阈值不在节点 c与节点 d的切换阈值之间 (即, 节点 b的切换阈值为 120大于 110, 节点 i的切换阈值为 80小于 90 ), 则在调节链路开销以使节点 c对最优路径进行切换时, 该节点 g可以同时切 换。 Thereafter, adjustment can be made according to the adjustment range of each node. For example, in system 200, the adjustment range of node g is [80, 100], the adjustment range of node c is [90, 110], and node g constitutes The switching threshold of the node of the pair of nodes to be processed is not between the switching thresholds of node c and node d. (That is, the switching threshold of the node b is greater than 110, and the switching threshold of the node i is 80 is less than 90). When the link overhead is adjusted to enable the node c to switch the optimal path, the node g can be switched at the same time.
如图 3所示, 由于剩余各节点至节点 b的路径可能存在差异, 例如, 节 点(、 节点 d、 节点 e、 节点 f需要按距节点 a的跳数由小到大的顺序依次切 换, 并且, 节点 g、 节点 i、 节点 j也需要按距节点 a的跳数由小到大的顺序 依次切换。 因此, 对于分别位于上述两条路径上的节点, 可能存在通过一次 开销调整同时切换至最优路径的情况。  As shown in FIG. 3, since the paths of the remaining nodes to the node b may be different, for example, the nodes (, the node d, the node e, and the node f need to be sequentially switched in the order of the hops from the node a, and The node g, the node i, and the node j also need to be switched in order from the hop count of the node a. Therefore, for the nodes respectively located on the two paths, there may be an initial adjustment to the most The situation of the excellent path.
如上所述, 在系统 200中, 节点 g的切换阈值(即, 100 ), 落入一对待 处理节点对(即, 节点 c与节点 d ) 的切换阈值之间 (即, [90, 110] ), 并 且, 节点 g构成待处理节点对的节点的切换阈值不在节点 c与节点 d的切换 阈值之间 (即, 节点 b的切换阈值为 120大于 110, 节点 i的切换阈值为 80 小于 90 ), 则在调节链路开销以使节点 c对最优路径进行切换时, 该节点 g 可以同时切换。  As described above, in system 200, the handover threshold (i.e., 100) of node g falls between a handover threshold of a pair of nodes to be processed (i.e., node c and node d) (i.e., [90, 110]). And, the switching threshold of the node g constituting the node pair to be processed is not between the switching thresholds of the node c and the node d (that is, the switching threshold of the node b is greater than 110, and the switching threshold of the node i is 80 less than 90). Then, when the link overhead is adjusted so that the node c switches the optimal path, the node g can be switched at the same time.
同理, 节点 i与节点 d可以同时切换最优路径, 节点 j与节点 e可以同 时切换最优路径。  Similarly, node i and node d can switch the optimal path at the same time, and node j and node e can switch the optimal path at the same time.
即, 节点 g、 节点 i和节点 j可以作为非目标节点而从待处理节点中删 除。  That is, node g, node i, and node j can be deleted from the node to be processed as a non-target node.
不失一般性, 可以采用以下方法从待处理节点中确定非目标节点。  Without loss of generality, the following methods can be used to determine non-target nodes from the nodes to be processed.
1.初始化三个列表: 处理链表( TentList ), 候选链表( CandList ), 输出 链表 ( OutPutList )。  1. Initialize three lists: TentList, CandList, and OutPutList.
2.链路故障变化最近的节点(这里, 是节点 b )是首先要做防微环切换, i己该节点为 self。  2. Link failure The nearest node (here, node b) is the first to do anti-micro ring switching, i has the node self.
3.将节点 self推入 TentList。  3. Push the node self into the TentList.
4.从 TentList中获取一个节点 x, 其中, 节点 x是 TentList中调整范围的 下限值(或者说, 在第一路径上的上一跳节点的链路开销变化值)最大的节 点。 若 TentList为空, 则算法结束。  4. Obtain a node x from the TentList, where node x is the node with the largest lower limit of the adjustment range in the TentList (or the link cost change value of the previous hop node on the first path). If the TentList is empty, the algorithm ends.
5.将节点 X推入 OutPutList。  5. Push node X into OutPutList.
6.将节点 X的所有可能存在微环切换的孩子节点 y (这里, 是节点 c与 节点 g )加入 CandList。  6. Add all the child nodes y (here, node c and node g) of node X that may have micro-ring switching to CandList.
7.确定 CandList中所有节点的切换阈值中最大的一个切换阈值 cost 1 , 与 TentList中节点 z的切换阈值 cost 2 ,若 cost 2> cost 1 ,则将节点 z从 TentList 中删除。 7. Determine the maximum switching threshold cost 1 of the switching thresholds of all nodes in the CandList, With the switching threshold cost 2 of node z in the TentList, if cost 2> cost 1 , the node z is deleted from the TentList.
8.若节点 z从 TentList中删除, 则将节点 z所有可能存在微环切换(与 节点 z构成待处理节点对) 的孩子节点 w加入 CandList。  8. If the node z is deleted from the TentList, then all the nodes z of the node z that may have a micro-ring switch (which forms a pair of nodes to be processed with the node z) are added to the CandList.
9.重复执行 7~8, 直到完成 TentList中的所有节点的切换阈值与 cost 1 的比较及删除。  9. Repeat 7~8 until the switching threshold of all nodes in TentList is compared with cost 1 and deleted.
10.将 CandList中的所有节点移到 TentList中, 使 CandList为空。  10. Move all the nodes in the CandList to the TentList, making the CandList empty.
11.跳转执行 4。  11. Jump execution 4.
从而, 可以确定 OutPutList中的各节点为目标节点。  Thus, it can be determined that each node in the OutPutList is the target node.
这里, 在系统 200中, 经上述方法确定的 OutPutList中的各节点为节点 b、 节点 c、 节点 d、 节点 e、 节点 f。  Here, in the system 200, each node in the OutPutList determined by the above method is a node b, a node c, a node d, a node e, and a node f.
其后,可以对 OutPutList中的各节点的切换阈值进行排序(递增或递减 ), 并根据各切换阈值进行链路 b→a的链路开销的调整及发布, 该具体过程可 以与上述根据待处理节点的切换阈值进行链路 b→a的链路开销的调整及发 布的过程相似, 这里, 为了避免赘述, 省略其说明。  Then, the switching thresholds of the nodes in the OutPutList may be sorted (incremented or decremented), and the link cost of the link b→a is adjusted and released according to the switching thresholds, and the specific process may be processed according to the foregoing The process of adjusting and releasing the link cost of the link b→a is similar to the switching threshold of the node. Here, in order to avoid redundancy, the description thereof is omitted.
另外, 在根据 OutPutList中的各节点的切换阈值, 进行链路 b→a的链 路开销的调整及发布时, 还可以采用以下调整方法:  In addition, when the link cost of the link b→a is adjusted and released according to the switching threshold of each node in the OutPutList, the following adjustment method can also be adopted:
即, 可选地, 该网络设备根据各该目标节点的路径开销变化值, 对该第 一链路的链路开销进行 N次调整, 包括:  That is, the network device adjusts the link cost of the first link N times according to the path cost change value of each target node, including:
在该第一链路在从故障中恢复时, 该网络设备以递减的方式, 对各该目 标节点的路径开销变化值进行第一排序处理;  When the first link recovers from the fault, the network device performs a first sorting process on the path cost change value of each target node in a decreasing manner;
该网络设备对该第一链路的链路开销进行 N次调整, 以使第 i次调整后 的第一链路的链路开销与该第一链路正常时的链路开销之差小于第一值且 大于第二值, 其中, 该第一值是经过该第一排序处理后的第 i个路径开销变 化值,  The network device adjusts the link cost of the first link N times, so that the difference between the link cost of the first link after the i-th adjustment and the link cost when the first link is normal is smaller than the first a value that is greater than the second value, wherein the first value is an i-th path cost change value after the first sorting process,
该第二值是各第一目标节点的路径开销变化值中的最大的值, 该第一目 标节点与第二目标节点构成待处理节点对,且该第一目标节点在第一路径中 为该第二目标节点的上一跳节点, 该第二目标节点是经过该第一排序处理后 的第 i个路径开销变化值所对应的节点。  The second value is the largest value among the path cost change values of the first target nodes, and the first target node and the second target node form a pair of pending nodes, and the first target node is in the first path. a previous hop node of the second target node, where the second target node is a node corresponding to the i-th path cost change value after the first sorting process.
具体地说, 在对 OutPutList中的各节点的切换阈值进行排序 (这里, 以 按递减顺序排列为例 )后, 可以进行 T次调整, T为 OutPutList中包括的节 点的数量, 如上所述, 在系统 200中, T为 5。 Specifically, after sorting the switching thresholds of the nodes in the OutPutList (here, in descending order as an example), T adjustments can be made, and T is the section included in the OutPutList. The number of points, as described above, in system 200, T is five.
即, 第一次调整并发布的链路 b→a的链路开销可以为小于 130 ( 120 + 10 )且大于 120 ( 110 + 10 ) 的任意数值, 例如, 121 ( 111 + 10 ), 经第一次 调整后, 仅节点 b会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 2 (包括链路 b→a ), 由于经第一次调整后的链路 b→a的链路开销变化( 111 ) 大于节点 c和节点 g的切换阈值, 因此, 节点 c不会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 6, 并 且, 节点 g不会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 17, 从而, 能够避免因节 点 g或节点 c的硬件能力及处理环境优于节点 b而导致节点 c与节点 b之间 或节点 g与节点 b之间发生微环现象。 That is, the link cost of the link b→a that is first adjusted and released may be any value less than 130 (120 + 10) and greater than 120 (110 + 10), for example, 121 (111 + 10), by the first After an adjustment, only node b will switch the optimal path to node a to path 2 (including link b→a), due to the change in link cost of link b→a after the first adjustment ( 111 ) is greater than the switching threshold of node c and node g, therefore, node c does not switch the optimal path to node a to path 6, and node g does not switch the optimal path to node a to path 17, thus It can be avoided that the micro-ring phenomenon occurs between node c and node b or between node g and node b because the hardware capability and processing environment of node g or node c are better than node b.
第二次调整并发布的链路 b→a的链路开销可以为小于 120 ( 110 + 10 ) 且大于 100 ( 90 + 10 )的任意数值, 例如, 101 ( 91 + 10 ), 经第二次调整后, 节点 c会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 6 (包括链路 b→a ), 并且, 节 点 g会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 17 (包括链路 b→a )。 由于经第二 次调整后的链路 b→a的链路开销变化(91 )大于节点 d的切换阈值, 因此, 节点 d不会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 9, 从而, 能够避免因节点 d 的硬件能力及处理环境优于节点 c而导致节点 d与节点 c之间发生微环现象。 并且, 由于在第一次调整后节点 b已将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 2, 因此节点 b与节点 c之间不会发生微环现象。 并且, 由于经第二次调整后的 链路 b→a的链路开销变化(91 ) 大于节点 i的切换阈值, 因此, 节点 i不会 将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 23 , 从而, 能够避免因节点 i的硬件能力 及处理环境优于节点 g而导致节点 i与节点 g之间发生微环现象。 并且, 由 于在第一次调整后节点 b已将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 2, 因此节点 b与节点 g之间不会发生微环现象。  The link cost of the link b→a adjusted and released for the second time may be any value less than 120 (110 + 10) and greater than 100 (90 + 10), for example, 101 (91 + 10), after the second time After adjustment, node c will switch the optimal path to node a to path 6 (including link b→a), and node g will switch the optimal path to node a to path 17 (including link b→ a). Since the link cost change (91) of the link b→a after the second adjustment is greater than the handover threshold of the node d, the node d does not switch the optimal path to the node a to the path 9, thereby enabling Avoid micro-ring phenomenon between node d and node c because the hardware capability and processing environment of node d are better than node c. Moreover, since the node b has switched the optimal path to the node a to the path 2 after the first adjustment, the microring phenomenon does not occur between the node b and the node c. Moreover, since the link cost change (91) of the link b→a after the second adjustment is greater than the handover threshold of the node i, the node i does not switch the optimal path to the node a to the path 23, thereby The micro-ring phenomenon between node i and node g can be avoided due to the hardware capability of the node i and the processing environment being better than the node g. Also, since the node b has switched the optimal path to the node a to the path 2 after the first adjustment, the microring phenomenon does not occur between the node b and the node g.
需要说明的是,如图 3所示,在系统 200中, 节点 c仅有一个孩子节点, 但本发明并不限定于此, 当节点 c具有多个孩子节点的情况下, 可以使所调 整的链路 b→a的链路开销大于节点 c的各孩子节点的路径开销变化值中最 大的值。  It should be noted that, as shown in FIG. 3, in the system 200, the node c has only one child node, but the present invention is not limited thereto. When the node c has a plurality of child nodes, the adjusted The link cost of link b→a is greater than the largest value of the path cost change value of each child node of node c.
需要说明的是, 在本发明实施例中, 节点 h的切换阈值与节点 g的切换 阈值均为 100, 因此, 节点 h与节点 g同时对至节点 a的最优链路进行切换。 但是, 由于节点 h的切换阈值与节点 g的切换阈值相同, 表示在路径 19和 路径 20中, 节点 h均为节点 g的上一跳节点, 所以节点 h和节点 g之间不 存在微环问题。 It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the handover threshold of the node h and the handover threshold of the node g are both 100. Therefore, the node h and the node g simultaneously switch the optimal link to the node a. However, since the handover threshold of the node h is the same as the handover threshold of the node g, it is indicated that in the path 19 and the path 20, the node h is the previous hop node of the node g, so the node h and the node g are not There is a microring problem.
第三次调整并发布的链路 b→a的链路开销可以为小于 100 ( 90 + 10 )且 大于 80 ( 70 + 10 ) 的任意数值, 例如, 81 ( 71 + 10 ), 经第三次调整后, 节 点 d会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 9 (包括链路 b→a ), 由于经第三 次调整后的链路 b→a的链路开销变化( 71 ) 大于节点 e的切换阈值, 因此, 节点 e不会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 12, 从而, 能够避免因节点 e 的硬件能力及处理环境优于节点 d而导致节点 e与节点 d之间发生微环现象。 并且, 由于在第二次调整后节点 c已将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 6, 因此节点 c与节点 d之间不会发生微环现象。 并且, 经第三次调整后, 节点 i会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 23 (包括链路 b→a ), 由于经第三次 调整后的链路 b→a的链路开销变化(71 )大于节点 j的切换阈值, 因此, 节 点 j不会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 26, 从而, 能够避免因节点 j的 硬件能力及处理环境优于节点 i而导致节点 j与节点 i之间发生微环现象。 并且, 由于在第二次调整后节点 g已将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 17, 因此节点 g与节点 i之间不会发生微环现象。  The link cost of the link b→a adjusted and released for the third time may be any value less than 100 (90 + 10) and greater than 80 (70 + 10), for example, 81 (71 + 10), after the third time After adjustment, node d will switch the optimal path to node a to path 9 (including link b→a), because the link cost change (71) of the link b→a after the third adjustment is greater than the node. The switching threshold of e, therefore, node e does not switch the optimal path to node a to path 12, thereby avoiding the relationship between node e and node d due to the hardware capability of node e and the processing environment being better than node d A microring phenomenon occurs. And, since the node c has switched the optimal path to the node a to the path 6 after the second adjustment, the micro-ring phenomenon does not occur between the node c and the node d. And, after the third adjustment, node i will switch the optimal path to node a to path 23 (including link b→a), due to the link cost of link b→a after the third adjustment. The change (71) is greater than the switching threshold of the node j. Therefore, the node j does not switch the optimal path to the node a to the path 26, thereby avoiding the node due to the hardware capability of the node j and the processing environment being better than the node i. A microring phenomenon occurs between j and node i. And, since the node g has switched the optimal path to the node a to the path 17 after the second adjustment, the micro-ring phenomenon does not occur between the node g and the node i.
需要说明的是,如图 3所示,在系统 200中,节点 d仅有一个孩子节点, 但本发明并不限定于此, 当节点 d具有多个孩子节点的情况下, 可以使所调 整的链路 b→a的链路开销大于节点 d的各孩子节点的路径开销变化值中最 大的值。  It should be noted that, as shown in FIG. 3, in the system 200, the node d has only one child node, but the present invention is not limited thereto. When the node d has a plurality of child nodes, the adjusted The link cost of link b→a is greater than the largest value of the path cost change value of each child node of node d.
第四次调整并发布的链路 b→a的链路开销可以为小于 80 ( 70 + 10 )且 大于 60 ( 50 + 10 ) 的任意数值, 例如, 61 ( 51 + 10 ), 经第四次调整后, 节 点 e会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 12 (包括链路1)→& ), 由于经第四 次调整后的链路 b→a的链路开销变化( 61 ) 大于节点 f的切换阈值, 因此, 节点 f不会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 15 , 从而, 能够避免因节点 f 的硬件能力及处理环境优于节点 e而导致节点 f与节点 e之间发生微环现象。 并且, 由于在第三次调整后节点 d已将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 9, 因此节点 d与节点 e之间不会发生微环现象。 并且, 经第四次调整后, 节点 j会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 26 (包括链路1)→3 ) , 由于在第三次 调整后节点 i已将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 23 , 因此节点 i与节点 j 之间不会发生微环现象。  The link cost of the link b→a adjusted and released for the fourth time may be any value less than 80 (70 + 10) and greater than 60 (50 + 10), for example, 61 ( 51 + 10 ), after the fourth time After adjustment, node e will switch the optimal path to node a to path 12 (including link 1) →& ), since the link cost change ( 61 ) of the link b→a after the fourth adjustment is greater than The switching threshold of the node f, therefore, the node f does not switch the optimal path to the node a to the path 15, thereby avoiding the node f and the node e due to the hardware capability of the node f and the processing environment being better than the node e. A microring phenomenon occurs between them. Moreover, since the node d has switched the optimal path to the node a to the path 9 after the third adjustment, the micro-ring phenomenon does not occur between the node d and the node e. And, after the fourth adjustment, node j will switch the optimal path to node a to path 26 (including link 1) → 3), since node i has reached the most of node a after the third adjustment The optimal path is switched to path 23, so the micro-ring phenomenon does not occur between node i and node j.
需要说明的是,如图 3所示,在系统 200中, 节点 e仅有一个孩子节点, 但本发明并不限定于此, 当节点 e具有多个孩子节点的情况下, 可以使所调 整的链路 b→a的链路开销大于节点 e的各孩子节点的路径开销变化值中最 大的值。 It should be noted that, as shown in FIG. 3, in the system 200, the node e has only one child node. However, the present invention is not limited thereto. When the node e has multiple child nodes, the link cost of the adjusted link b→a may be greater than the largest path cost change value of each child node of the node e. value.
第五次调整并发布的链路 b→a的链路开销可以为小于 60 ( 50 + 10 ) 的 任意数值, 例如, 55 ( 45 + 10 ), 经第五次调整后, 节点 f会将至节点 a的最 优路径切换至路径 15 (包括链路1)→3 ), 由于在第四次调整后节点 e已将至 节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 12, 因此节点 e与节点 f之间不会发生微环现 同理, 可以对 OutPutList中的各节点的切换阈值按递增顺序排列, 并进 行调整, 该过程与上述过程相似, 这里, 为了避免赘述, 省略其说明。  The link cost of link b→a, which is adjusted and released for the fifth time, can be any value less than 60 ( 50 + 10 ), for example, 55 ( 45 + 10 ). After the fifth adjustment, node f will The optimal path of node a is switched to path 15 (including link 1) → 3). Since node e has switched the optimal path to node a to path 12 after the fourth adjustment, node e and node f The micro-rings do not occur in the same way. The switching thresholds of the nodes in the OutPutList can be arranged in an ascending order and adjusted. The process is similar to the above process. Here, in order to avoid redundancy, the description is omitted.
即, 可选地, 该网络设备根据各该目标节点的路径开销变化值, 对该第 一链路的链路开销进行 N次调整, 包括:  That is, the network device adjusts the link cost of the first link N times according to the path cost change value of each target node, including:
在该第一链路在从故障中恢复时, 该网络设备以递增的方式, 对各该目 标节点的路径开销变化值进行第二排序处理;  When the first link recovers from the failure, the network device performs a second sorting process on the path cost change value of each target node in an incremental manner;
该网络设备对该第一链路的链路开销进行 N次调整, 以使第 i次调整后 的第一链路的链路开销与该第一链路正常时的链路开销之差小于第三值且 大于第四值, 其中, 该第三值是经过该第二排序处理后的第 N _ i + 1个路径 开销变化值,  The network device adjusts the link cost of the first link N times, so that the difference between the link cost of the first link after the i-th adjustment and the link cost when the first link is normal is smaller than the first The third value is greater than the fourth value, wherein the third value is the Nth_1 + 1 path cost change value after the second sorting process.
该第四值是各第三目标节点的路径开销变化值中的最大的值, 该第三目 标节点与第四目标节点构成待处理节点对,且该第三目标节点在第一路径中 为该第四目标节点的上一跳节点, 该第四目标节点是经过该第二排序处理后 的第 N _ i + 1个路径开销变化值所对应的节点。  The fourth value is the largest value among the path cost change values of the third target nodes, and the third target node and the fourth target node form a pair of pending nodes, and the third target node is in the first path. a previous hop node of the fourth target node, where the fourth target node is a node corresponding to the Nth_1 + 1 path cost change value after the second sorting process.
根据本发明实施例的调整链路开销的方法,通过对待处理节点进一步地 进行删除处理, 能够减少处理次数, 提高调整的效率, 从而提高调整的实用 性。  According to the method for adjusting the link overhead according to the embodiment of the present invention, by performing the deletion processing on the node to be processed, the number of times of processing can be reduced, and the efficiency of the adjustment can be improved, thereby improving the practicability of the adjustment.
情况 2  Situation 2
在链路 b→a发生故障时, 节点 b可以将链路 b→a的链路开销从正常值 (这里是, 10 )逐次调整至预设的最高值(例如, 16777215 )。  When the link b→a fails, the node b can adjust the link overhead of the link b→a from the normal value (here, 10) to the preset highest value (for example, 16777215).
可选地, 在本发明实施例中, 该网络设备根据该待处理节点的路径开销 变化值, 对该第一链路的链路开销进行至少两次调整, 包括:  Optionally, in the embodiment of the present invention, the network device performs at least two adjustments on the link cost of the first link according to the path cost change value of the to-be-processed node, including:
该网络设备从该待处理节点中, 确定 N个目标节点; 该网络设备根据各该目标节点的路径开销变化值,对该第一链路的链路 开销进行 N次调整。 The network device determines N target nodes from the to-be-processed node; The network device adjusts the link cost of the first link N times according to the path cost change value of each target node.
在本发明实施例中, 可以根据上述待处理节点的个数, 确定调整的次数 (与目标节点的个数 N相同)。  In the embodiment of the present invention, the number of adjustments (the same as the number N of target nodes) may be determined according to the number of nodes to be processed.
可选地,该网络设备从该待处理节点中,确定至少一个目标节点, 包括: 该网络设备将该待处理节点的全部, 作为该 N个目标节点。  Optionally, the network device determines, from the to-be-processed node, the at least one target node, where: the network device uses all of the to-be-processed nodes as the N target nodes.
具体地说, 在本发明实施例中, 可以使调整的次数与待处理节点的个数 相同。 在系统 200中, 待处理节点的个数为 8 , 因此, 可以进行例如, 8次 例如, 可选地, 该网络设备根据各该目标节点的路径开销变化值, 对该 第一链路的链路开销进行 N次调整, 包括:  Specifically, in the embodiment of the present invention, the number of adjustments may be the same as the number of nodes to be processed. In the system 200, the number of nodes to be processed is 8, and therefore, for example, 8 times, for example, optionally, the network device changes the value of the path cost of each target node to the chain of the first link. The road cost is adjusted N times, including:
在该第一链路发生故障时, 该网络设备以递减的方式, 对各该目标节点 的路径开销变化值进行第四排序处理;  When the first link fails, the network device performs a fourth sorting process on the path cost change value of each target node in a decreasing manner;
该网络设备对该第一链路的链路开销进行 N次调整, 以使第 i次调整后 的第一链路的链路开销与该第一链路正常时的链路开销之差大于第七值且 小于第八值, 其中, 该第七值是经过该第四排序处理后的第 N - i + 1个路径 开销变化值, 该第八值是经过该第四排序处理后的第 N _ i个路径开销变化 值。  The network device adjusts the link cost of the first link N times, so that the difference between the link cost of the first link after the i-th adjustment and the link cost when the first link is normal is greater than The seventh value is less than the eighth value, wherein the seventh value is the N - i + 1 path cost change value after the fourth sorting process, and the eighth value is the Nth after the fourth sorting process _ i path cost change values.
并且,可选地,该网络设备从该待处理节点中,确定至少一个目标节点, 包括:  And optionally, the network device determines, from the to-be-processed node, the at least one target node, including:
该网络设备从该待处理节点中, 确定 N个目标节点, 该 N个目标节点 的路径开销变化值彼此相异。  The network device determines N target nodes from the to-be-processed nodes, and the path cost change values of the N target nodes are different from each other.
具体地说, 在上述实施例中, 各待处理节点的切换阈值均相异, 但不排 除各待处理节点的切换阈值有重复情况发生, 当各待处理节点的切换阈值有 重复时, 可以仅保留一个切换阈值发生重复的待处理节点, 或者说, 对于重 复的切换阈值, 可以仅保留一个。  Specifically, in the foregoing embodiment, the switching thresholds of the nodes to be processed are different, but the switching thresholds of the nodes to be processed are not duplicated. When the switching thresholds of the nodes to be processed are repeated, only A pending node whose switching threshold has been repeated is reserved, or only one of the repeated switching thresholds may be reserved.
节点 b可以按递减的顺序, 对目标节点的各切换阈值进行排序, 即, 可 以得到如下排列顺序:  Node b can sort the switching thresholds of the target node in descending order, that is, the following sorting order can be obtained:
120 (节点 b的切换阈值 ), 110 (节点 c的切换阈值 ), 100 (节点 g和 节点 h的切换阈值), 90 (节点 d的切换阈值 ), 80 (节点 i的切换阈值 ), 70 (节点 e的切换阈值 ), 60 (节点 j的切换阈值 ), 50 (节点 f的切换阈值)。 其后, 节点 b可以对链路 b→a的链路开销进行 8次(该次数与表 1中 不互相重复的切换阈值的数量相同)调整。 120 (switching threshold for node b), 110 (switching threshold for node c), 100 (switching threshold for node g and node h), 90 (switching threshold for node d), 80 (switching threshold for node i), 70 ( Switching threshold for node e), 60 (switching threshold for node j), 50 (switching threshold for node f). Thereafter, the node b can adjust the link overhead of the link b→a 8 times (the number of times is the same as the number of handover thresholds not repeated in Table 1).
第一次调整并发布的链路 b→a的链路开销可以为小于 70 (60 + 10)且 大于 60 (50+ 10) 的任意数值, 例如, 65 (55 + 10), 经第一次调整后, 仅 节点 f会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 13 (不包括链路 b→a), 由于经 第一次调整后的链路 b→a的链路开销变化(55) 小于节点 e的切换阈值, 因此, 节点 e不会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 10, 从而, 能够避免因 节点 e的硬件能力及处理环境优于节点 f而导致节点 e与节点 f之间发生微 环现象。  The link cost of the link b→a that is adjusted and released for the first time can be any value less than 70 (60 + 10) and greater than 60 (50+ 10), for example, 65 (55 + 10), after the first time After adjustment, only node f will switch the optimal path to node a to path 13 (excluding link b→a), due to the change in link cost of link b→a after the first adjustment (55) It is smaller than the switching threshold of the node e. Therefore, the node e does not switch the optimal path to the node a to the path 10, thereby avoiding the node e and the node f due to the hardware capability of the node e and the processing environment being better than the node f. A microring phenomenon occurs between them.
第二次调整并发布的链路 b→a的链路开销可以为小于 80 (70 + 10)且 大于 70 (60+ 10) 的任意数值, 例如, 75 (65 + 10), 经第二次调整后, 节 点 j会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 25 (不包括链路 b→a), 由于经第 二次调整后的链路 b→a的链路开销变化( 65 )小于节点 i的切换阈值, 因此, 节点 i不会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 110, 从而, 能够避免因节点 i 的硬件能力及处理环境优于节点 j而导致节点 i与节点 j之间发生微环现象。  The link cost of the second adjusted and released link b→a can be any value less than 80 (70 + 10) and greater than 70 (60+ 10), for example, 75 (65 + 10), after the second time After adjustment, node j will switch the optimal path to node a to path 25 (excluding link b→a), because the link cost change (65) of link b→a after the second adjustment is less than The switching threshold of the node i, therefore, the node i does not switch the optimal path to the node a to the path 110, thereby avoiding the node i and the node j due to the hardware capability of the node i and the processing environment being better than the node j A microring phenomenon occurs between them.
第三次调整并发布的链路 b→a的链路开销可以为小于 90 (80 + 10)且 大于 80 (70+ 10) 的任意数值, 例如, 85 (75 + 10), 经第三次调整后, 节 点 e会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 10 (不包括链路 b→a), 由于经第 三次调整后的链路 b→a的链路开销变化(75) 小于节点 d的切换阈值, 因 此, 节点 d不会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 7, 从而, 能够避免因节 点 d的硬件能力及处理环境优于节点 e而导致节点 d与节点 e之间发生微环 现象。 并且, 由于在第一次调整后节点 f 已将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路 径 13, 因此节点 e与节点 f之间不会发生微环现象。  The link cost of link b→a, which is adjusted and released for the third time, can be any value less than 90 (80 + 10) and greater than 80 (70+ 10), for example, 85 (75 + 10), after the third time After adjustment, node e will switch the optimal path to node a to path 10 (excluding link b→a), because the link cost change (75) of link b→a after the third adjustment is less than The switching threshold of the node d, therefore, the node d does not switch the optimal path to the node a to the path 7, thereby avoiding the node d and the node e due to the hardware capability of the node d and the processing environment being better than the node e A microring phenomenon occurs between them. Moreover, since the node f has switched the optimal path to the node a to the path 13 after the first adjustment, the micro-ring phenomenon does not occur between the node e and the node f.
第四次调整并发布的链路 b→a的链路开销可以为小于 100 ( 90 + 10 )且 大于 90 (80+ 10) 的任意数值, 例如, 95 ( 85 + 10), 经第四次调整后, 节 点 i会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 22 (不包括链路 b→a), 由于经第 四次调整后的链路 b→a的链路开销变化(85) 小于节点 g的切换阈值, 因 此, 节点 g不会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 16, 从而, 能够避免因节 点 g的硬件能力及处理环境优于节点 i而导致节点 g与节点 i之间发生微环 现象。 并且, 由于在第二次调整后节点 j已将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路 径 25 , 因此节点 i与节点 j之间不会发生微环现象。 第五次调整并发布的链路 b→a的链路开销可以为小于 110 ( 100+ 10) 且大于 100 (90+ 10)的任意数值, 例如, 105 (95 + 10), 经第五次调整后, 节点 d会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 7 (不包括链路 b→a), 由于经 第五次调整后的链路 b→a的链路开销变化(95) 小于节点 c的切换阈值, 因此, 节点 c不会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 4, 从而, 能够避免因 节点 c的硬件能力及处理环境优于节点 d而导致节点 c与节点 d之间发生微 环现象。 并且, 由于在第三次调整后节点 e已将至节点 a的最优路径切换至 路径 10, 因此节点 d与节点 e之间不会发生微环现象。 The link cost of link b→a, which is adjusted and released for the fourth time, can be any value less than 100 (90 + 10) and greater than 90 (80+ 10), for example, 95 (85 + 10), after the fourth time After adjustment, node i will switch the optimal path to node a to path 22 (excluding link b→a), because the link cost change (85) of link b→a after the fourth adjustment is less than The switching threshold of the node g, therefore, the node g does not switch the optimal path to the node a to the path 16, thereby avoiding the node g and the node i due to the hardware capability of the node g and the processing environment being better than the node i A microring phenomenon occurs between them. And, since the node j has switched the optimal path to the node a to the path 25 after the second adjustment, the micro-ring phenomenon does not occur between the node i and the node j. The link cost of link b→a, which is adjusted and released for the fifth time, can be any value less than 110 (100+ 10) and greater than 100 (90+ 10), for example, 105 (95 + 10), after the fifth time After adjustment, node d will switch the optimal path to node a to path 7 (excluding link b→a), because the link cost change (95) of link b→a after the fifth adjustment is less than The switching threshold of the node c, therefore, the node c does not switch the optimal path to the node a to the path 4, thereby avoiding the node c and the node d due to the hardware capability of the node c and the processing environment being better than the node d A microring phenomenon occurs between them. Moreover, since the node e has switched the optimal path to the node a to the path 10 after the third adjustment, the micro-ring phenomenon does not occur between the node d and the node e.
第六次调整并发布的链路 b→a的链路开销可以为小于 120 ( 110+ 10) 且大于 110 ( 100 + 10) 的任意数值, 例如, 115 ( 105 + 10), 经第六次调整 后, 节点 g会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 16 (不包括链路 b→a), 由 于经第六次调整后的链路 b→a的链路开销变化( 105 )小于节点 b的切换阈 值, 因此, 节点 b不会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 1, 从而, 能够避 免因节点 b的硬件能力及处理环境优于节点 g而导致节点 b与节点 g之间发 生微环现象。 并且, 由于在第四次调整后节点 i已将至节点 a的最优路径切 换至路径 22, 因此节点 g与节点 i之间不会发生微环现象。  The link cost of link b→a, which is adjusted and released for the sixth time, can be any value less than 120 (110+10) and greater than 110 (100 + 10), for example, 115 (105 + 10), after the sixth time After adjustment, node g will switch the optimal path to node a to path 16 (excluding link b→a), since the link cost change (105) of link b→a after the sixth adjustment is less than The switching threshold of the node b, therefore, the node b does not switch the optimal path to the node a to the path 1, thereby avoiding the node b and the node g due to the hardware capability of the node b and the processing environment being better than the node g. A microring phenomenon occurs between them. Moreover, since the node i has switched the optimal path to the node a to the path 22 after the fourth adjustment, the micro-ring phenomenon does not occur between the node g and the node i.
需要说明的是, 在本发明实施例中, 节点 h的切换阈值与节点 g的切换 阈值均为 100, 因此, 节点 h与节点 g同时对至节点 a的最优链路进行切换。 但是, 由于节点 h的切换阈值与节点 g的切换阈值相同, 表示在路径 19和 路径 20中, 节点 h均为节点 g的上一跳节点, 所以节点 h和节点 g之间不 存在微环问题。  It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the handover threshold of the node h and the handover threshold of the node g are both 100. Therefore, the node h and the node g simultaneously switch the optimal link to the node a. However, since the handover threshold of the node h is the same as the handover threshold of the node g, it is indicated that in the path 19 and the path 20, the node h is the previous hop node of the node g, so there is no micro-ring problem between the node h and the node g. .
第七次调整并发布的链路 b→a的链路开销可以为小于 130 ( 120 + 10) 且大于 120 ( 110 + 10) 的任意数值, 例如, 125 ( 115 + 10), 经第七次调整 后, 节点 c会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 4 (不包括链路 b→a), 由 于经第七次调整后的链路 b→a的链路开销变化( 115 )小于节点 b的切换阈 值, 因此, 节点 b不会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 1, 从而, 能够避 免因节点 b的硬件能力及处理环境优于节点 c而导致节点 b与节点 c之间发 生微环现象。 并且, 由于在第五次调整后节点 d已将至节点 a的最优路径切 换至路径 7, 因此节点 c与节点 d之间不会发生微环现象。  The link cost of the link b→a adjusted and released for the seventh time may be any value less than 130 (120 + 10) and greater than 120 (110 + 10), for example, 125 (115 + 10), after the seventh time After adjustment, node c will switch the optimal path to node a to path 4 (excluding link b→a), because the link cost change (115) of link b→a after the seventh adjustment is less than The switching threshold of the node b, therefore, the node b does not switch the optimal path to the node a to the path 1, thereby avoiding the node b and the node c due to the hardware capability of the node b and the processing environment being better than the node c. A microring phenomenon occurs between them. Moreover, since node d has switched the optimal path to node a to path 7 after the fifth adjustment, micro-ring phenomenon does not occur between node c and node d.
第八次调整并发布的链路 b→a的链路开销可以为大于 130 ( 120 + 10) 的任意数值, 例如, 130 ( 125 + 10), 经第八次调整后, 节点 b会将至节点 a 的最优路径切换至路径 1 (不包括链路 b→a ), 由于在第六次调整后节点 g 已将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 16,因此节点 b与节点 g之间不会发生 微环现象。 并且, 由于在第七次调整后节点 c已将至节点 a的最优路径切换 至路径 4, 因此节点 b与节点 c之间不会发生微环现象。 The link cost of link b→a, which is adjusted and released for the eighth time, can be any value greater than 130 (120 + 10), for example, 130 (125 + 10). After the eighth adjustment, node b will Node a The optimal path is switched to path 1 (excluding link b→a). Since node g has switched the optimal path to node a to path 16 after the sixth adjustment, node b and node g are not A microring phenomenon will occur. Moreover, since the node c has switched the optimal path to the node a to the path 4 after the seventh adjustment, the micro-ring phenomenon does not occur between the node b and the node c.
再例如, 可选地, 该网络设备根据各该目标节点的路径开销变化值, 对 该第一链路的链路开销进行 N次调整, 包括:  For example, optionally, the network device performs N times adjustment on the link cost of the first link according to the path cost change value of each target node, including:
在该第一链路发生故障时, 该网络设备以递增的方式, 对各该目标节点 的路径开销变化值进行第三排序处理;  When the first link fails, the network device performs a third sorting process on the path cost change value of each target node in an incremental manner;
该网络设备对该第一链路的链路开销进行 N次调整, 以使第 i次调整后 的第一链路的链路开销与该第一链路正常时的链路开销之差大于第五值且 小于第六值, 其中, 该第五值是经过该第三排序处理后的第 i个路径开销变 化值, 该第六值是经过该第三排序处理后的第 i + 1个路径开销变化值。  The network device adjusts the link cost of the first link N times, so that the difference between the link cost of the first link after the i-th adjustment and the link cost when the first link is normal is greater than The fifth value is less than the sixth value, wherein the fifth value is the i-th path cost change value after the third sorting process, and the sixth value is the i-th path after the third sorting process The cost change value.
并且,可选地,该网络设备从该待处理节点中,确定至少一个目标节点, 包括:  And optionally, the network device determines, from the to-be-processed node, the at least one target node, including:
该网络设备从该待处理节点中, 确定 N个目标节点, 该 N个目标节点 的路径开销变化值彼此相异。  The network device determines N target nodes from the to-be-processed nodes, and the path cost change values of the N target nodes are different from each other.
具体地说, 在上述实施例中, 各待处理节点的切换阈值均相异, 但不排 除各待处理节点的切换阈值有重复情况发生, 当各待处理节点的切换阈值有 重复时, 可以仅保留一个切换阈值发生重复的待处理节点, 或者说, 对于重 复的切换阈值, 可以仅保留一个。  Specifically, in the foregoing embodiment, the switching thresholds of the nodes to be processed are different, but the switching thresholds of the nodes to be processed are not duplicated. When the switching thresholds of the nodes to be processed are repeated, only A pending node whose switching threshold has been repeated is reserved, or only one of the repeated switching thresholds may be reserved.
节点 b可以按递增的顺序, 对目标节点的各切换阈值进行排序, 即, 可 以得到如下排列顺序:  Node b can sort the switching thresholds of the target node in increasing order, that is, the following sorting order can be obtained:
50 (节点 f的切换阈值 ), 60 (节点 j的切换阈值), 70 (节点 e的切换 阈值), 80 (节点 i的切换阈值 ), 90 (节点 d的切换阈值 ), 100 (节点 g和 节点 h的切换阈值 ), 110 (节点 c的切换阈值 ), 120 (节点 b的切换阈值)。  50 (switching threshold of node f), 60 (switching threshold of node j), 70 (switching threshold of node e), 80 (switching threshold of node i), 90 (switching threshold of node d), 100 (node g and Switching threshold for node h), 110 (switching threshold for node c), 120 (switching threshold for node b).
其后, 节点 b可以对链路 b→a的链路开销进行 8次(该次数与表 1中 不互相重复的切换阈值的数量相同)调整。  Thereafter, node b can adjust the link overhead of link b→a 8 times (the number of times is the same as the number of handover thresholds that do not overlap each other in Table 1).
第一次调整并发布的链路 b→a的链路开销可以为小于 70 ( 60 + 10 )且 大于 60 ( 50 + 10 ) 的任意数值, 例如, 65 ( 55 + 10 ), 经第一次调整后, 仅 节点 f会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 13 (不包括链路 b→a ), 由于经 第一次调整后的链路 b→a的链路开销变化(55 ) 小于节点 e的切换阈值, 因此, 节点 e不会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 10, 从而, 能够避免因 节点 e的硬件能力及处理环境优于节点 f而导致节点 e与节点 f之间发生微 环现象。 The link cost of the link b→a that is first adjusted and released may be any value less than 70 (60 + 10) and greater than 60 (50 + 10), for example, 65 ( 55 + 10 ), after the first time After adjustment, only node f will switch the optimal path to node a to path 13 (excluding link b→a), due to the change in link cost of link b→a after the first adjustment (55) Less than the switching threshold of node e, Therefore, the node e does not switch the optimal path to the node a to the path 10, so that the micro-ring phenomenon between the node e and the node f can be avoided due to the hardware capability of the node e and the processing environment being better than the node f.
第二次调整并发布的链路 b→a的链路开销可以为小于 80 (70+ 10)且 大于 70 (60 + 10) 的任意数值, 例如, 75 (65 + 10), 经第二次调整后, 节 点 j会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 25 (不包括链路 b→a), 由于经第 二次调整后的链路 b→a的链路开销变化( 65 )小于节点 i的切换阈值, 因此, 节点 i不会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 110, 从而, 能够避免因节点 i 的硬件能力及处理环境优于节点 j而导致节点 i与节点 j之间发生微环现象。  The link cost of the second adjusted and released link b→a can be any value less than 80 (70+ 10) and greater than 70 (60 + 10), for example, 75 (65 + 10), after the second time After adjustment, node j will switch the optimal path to node a to path 25 (excluding link b→a), because the link cost change (65) of link b→a after the second adjustment is less than The switching threshold of the node i, therefore, the node i does not switch the optimal path to the node a to the path 110, thereby avoiding the node i and the node j due to the hardware capability of the node i and the processing environment being better than the node j A microring phenomenon occurs between them.
第三次调整并发布的链路 b→a的链路开销可以为小于 90 (80 + 10)且 大于 80 (70+ 10) 的任意数值, 例如, 85 (75 + 10), 经第三次调整后, 节 点 e会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 10 (不包括链路 b→a), 由于经第 三次调整后的链路 b→a的链路开销变化(75) 小于节点 d的切换阈值, 因 此, 节点 d不会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 7, 从而, 能够避免因节 点 d的硬件能力及处理环境优于节点 e而导致节点 d与节点 e之间发生微环 现象。 并且, 由于在第一次调整后节点 f 已将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路 径 13, 因此节点 e与节点 f之间不会发生微环现象。  The link cost of link b→a, which is adjusted and released for the third time, can be any value less than 90 (80 + 10) and greater than 80 (70+ 10), for example, 85 (75 + 10), after the third time After adjustment, node e will switch the optimal path to node a to path 10 (excluding link b→a), because the link cost change (75) of link b→a after the third adjustment is less than The switching threshold of the node d, therefore, the node d does not switch the optimal path to the node a to the path 7, thereby avoiding the node d and the node e due to the hardware capability of the node d and the processing environment being better than the node e A microring phenomenon occurs between them. Moreover, since the node f has switched the optimal path to the node a to the path 13 after the first adjustment, the micro-ring phenomenon does not occur between the node e and the node f.
第四次调整并发布的链路 b→a的链路开销可以为小于 100 ( 90 + 10 )且 大于 90 (80+ 10) 的任意数值, 例如, 95 ( 85 + 10), 经第四次调整后, 节 点 i会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 22 (不包括链路 b→a), 由于经第 四次调整后的链路 b→a的链路开销变化(85) 小于节点 g的切换阈值, 因 此, 节点 g不会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 16, 从而, 能够避免因节 点 g的硬件能力及处理环境优于节点 i而导致节点 g与节点 i之间发生微环 现象。 并且, 由于在第二次调整后节点 j已将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路 径 25, 因此节点 i与节点 j之间不会发生微环现象。  The link cost of link b→a, which is adjusted and released for the fourth time, can be any value less than 100 (90 + 10) and greater than 90 (80+ 10), for example, 95 (85 + 10), after the fourth time After adjustment, node i will switch the optimal path to node a to path 22 (excluding link b→a), because the link cost change (85) of link b→a after the fourth adjustment is less than The switching threshold of the node g, therefore, the node g does not switch the optimal path to the node a to the path 16, thereby avoiding the node g and the node i due to the hardware capability of the node g and the processing environment being better than the node i A microring phenomenon occurs between them. Moreover, since the node j has switched the optimal path to the node a to the path 25 after the second adjustment, the micro-ring phenomenon does not occur between the node i and the node j.
第五次调整并发布的链路 b→a的链路开销可以为小于 110 ( 100+ 10) 且大于 100 (90+ 10)的任意数值, 例如, 105 (95 + 10), 经第五次调整后, 节点 d会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 7 (不包括链路 b→a), 由于经 第五次调整后的链路 b→a的链路开销变化(95) 小于节点 c的切换阈值, 因此, 节点 c不会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 4, 从而, 能够避免因 节点 c的硬件能力及处理环境优于节点 d而导致节点 c与节点 d之间发生微 环现象。 并且, 由于在第三次调整后节点 e已将至节点 a的最优路径切换至 路径 10, 因此节点 d与节点 e之间不会发生微环现象。 The link cost of link b→a, which is adjusted and released for the fifth time, can be any value less than 110 (100+ 10) and greater than 100 (90+ 10), for example, 105 (95 + 10), after the fifth time After adjustment, node d will switch the optimal path to node a to path 7 (excluding link b→a), because the link cost change (95) of link b→a after the fifth adjustment is less than The switching threshold of the node c, therefore, the node c does not switch the optimal path to the node a to the path 4, thereby avoiding the node c and the node d due to the hardware capability of the node c and the processing environment being better than the node d Micro-interval Ring phenomenon. Moreover, since the node e has switched the optimal path to the node a to the path 10 after the third adjustment, the micro-ring phenomenon does not occur between the node d and the node e.
第六次调整并发布的链路 b→a的链路开销可以为小于 120 ( 110 + 10 ) 且大于 110 ( 100 + 10 ) 的任意数值, 例如, 115 ( 105 + 10 ), 经第六次调整 后, 节点 g会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 16 (不包括链路 b→a ), 由 于经第六次调整后的链路 b→a的链路开销变化( 105 )小于节点 b的切换阈 值, 因此, 节点 b不会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 1 , 从而, 能够避 免因节点 b的硬件能力及处理环境优于节点 g而导致节点 b与节点 g之间发 生微环现象。 并且, 由于在第四次调整后节点 i已将至节点 a的最优路径切 换至路径 22, 因此节点 g与节点 i之间不会发生微环现象。  The link cost of link b→a, which is adjusted and released for the sixth time, may be any value less than 120 (110 + 10) and greater than 110 (100 + 10), for example, 115 (105 + 10), after the sixth time After adjustment, node g will switch the optimal path to node a to path 16 (excluding link b→a), since the link cost change (105) of link b→a after the sixth adjustment is less than The switching threshold of the node b, therefore, the node b does not switch the optimal path to the node a to the path 1, thereby avoiding the node b and the node g due to the hardware capability of the node b and the processing environment being better than the node g. A microring phenomenon occurs between them. Moreover, since the node i has switched the optimal path to the node a to the path 22 after the fourth adjustment, the micro-ring phenomenon does not occur between the node g and the node i.
需要说明的是, 在本发明实施例中, 节点 h的切换阈值与节点 g的切换 阈值均为 100, 因此, 节点 h与节点 g同时对至节点 a的最优链路进行切换。 但是, 由于节点 h的切换阈值与节点 g的切换阈值相同, 表示在路径 19和 路径 20中, 节点 h均为节点 g的上一跳节点, 所以节点 h和节点 g之间不 存在微环问题。  It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the handover threshold of the node h and the handover threshold of the node g are both 100. Therefore, the node h and the node g simultaneously switch the optimal link to the node a. However, since the handover threshold of the node h is the same as the handover threshold of the node g, it is indicated that in the path 19 and the path 20, the node h is the previous hop node of the node g, so there is no micro-ring problem between the node h and the node g. .
第七次调整并发布的链路 b→a的链路开销可以为小于 130 ( 120 + 10 ) 且大于 120 ( 110 + 10 ) 的任意数值, 例如, 125 ( 115 + 10 ), 经第七次调整 后, 节点 c会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 4 (不包括链路 b→a ), 由 于经第七次调整后的链路 b→a的链路开销变化( 115 )小于节点 b的切换阈 值, 因此, 节点 b不会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 1 , 从而, 能够避 免因节点 b的硬件能力及处理环境优于节点 c而导致节点 b与节点 c之间发 生微环现象。 并且, 由于在第五次调整后节点 d已将至节点 a的最优路径切 换至路径 7, 因此节点 c与节点 d之间不会发生微环现象。  The link cost of the link b→a adjusted and released for the seventh time may be any value less than 130 (120 + 10) and greater than 120 (110 + 10), for example, 125 (115 + 10), after the seventh time After adjustment, node c will switch the optimal path to node a to path 4 (excluding link b→a), because the link cost change (115) of link b→a after the seventh adjustment is less than The switching threshold of the node b, therefore, the node b does not switch the optimal path to the node a to the path 1, thereby avoiding the node b and the node c due to the hardware capability of the node b and the processing environment being better than the node c. A microring phenomenon occurs between them. Moreover, since node d has switched the optimal path to node a to path 7 after the fifth adjustment, micro-ring phenomenon does not occur between node c and node d.
第八次调整并发布的链路 b→a的链路开销可以为大于 130 ( 120 + 10 ) 的任意数值, 例如, 130 ( 125 + 10 ), 经第八次调整后, 节点 b会将至节点 a 的最优路径切换至路径 1 (不包括链路 b→a ), 由于在第六次调整后节点 g 已将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 16,因此节点 b与节点 g之间不会发生 微环现象。 并且, 由于在第七次调整后节点 c已将至节点 a的最优路径切换 至路径 4, 因此节点 b与节点 c之间不会发生微环现象。  The link cost of link b→a, which is adjusted and released for the eighth time, can be any value greater than 130 (120 + 10), for example, 130 (125 + 10). After the eighth adjustment, node b will The optimal path of node a is switched to path 1 (excluding link b→a). Since node g has switched the optimal path to node a to path 16 after the sixth adjustment, node b and node g There is no microring phenomenon between them. Moreover, since the node c has switched the optimal path to the node a to the path 4 after the seventh adjustment, the microring phenomenon does not occur between the node b and the node c.
以上, 列举了根据待处理节点来确定调整次数的实施例, 但本发明并未 限定于此, 例如, 在链路 b→a发生故障中时, 可以通过一次调整, 使两个 或者两个以上的待处理节点对中的在第一路径上的上一跳节点先于下一跳 节点将最优路径迁移出第一路径。 作为实现方法, 可以进行以下动作。 The above is an example of determining the number of adjustments according to the node to be processed, but the present invention is not limited thereto. For example, when the link b→a fails, two adjustments can be made to make two Or the previous hop node on the first path of the two or more pairs of pending nodes migrates the optimal path out of the first path before the next hop node. As an implementation method, the following actions can be performed.
即, 可选地, 该网络设备根据该待处理节点的路径开销变化值, 对该第 一链路的链路开销进行至少两次调整, 包括:  That is, the network device optionally adjusts the link cost of the first link at least twice according to the path cost change value of the to-be-processed node, including:
该网络设备根据各待处理节点的路径开销变化值,确定各待处理节点的 调整范围, 其中, 一个待处理节点的调整范围为小于等于该待处理节点的路 径开销变化值, 且大于等于该待处理节点的参考节点的路径开销变化值, 一 个待处理节点的参考节点是该待处理节点在各第一路径上的上一跳节点中 路径开销变化值最大的节点;  The network device determines, according to the path cost change value of each node to be processed, an adjustment range of each to-be-processed node, where the adjustment range of a to-be-processed node is less than or equal to the path cost change value of the to-be-processed node, and is greater than or equal to the to-be-processed node. The path cost change value of the reference node of the processing node, where the reference node of the node to be processed is the node with the largest path cost change value of the previous hop node of each to-be-processed node in each first path;
该网络设备根据该待处理节点的调整范围,对该第一链路的链路开销进 行至少两次调整。  The network device adjusts the link overhead of the first link at least twice according to the adjustment range of the to-be-processed node.
具体地说, 图 3是本发明一实施例的调整链路开销的方法所适用的通信 系统中以第一节点作为树根时的逆向最优路径优先算法的示意性拓朴图。。 需要说明的是, 图 3中的数字标识所对应的待处理节点的切换阈值。 在链路 b→a从故障中恢复时, 由于需要确保各待处理节点对中的下一跳节点(距节 点 a的跳数较小 )先于上一跳节点 (距节点 a的跳数较大 )对最优路径进行 切换, 并且, 由于各节点的第一路径均包括链路 b→a, 或者说, 各第一路径 均以节点 b作为最后一个中转节点, 因此, 需要确保距节点 a的跳数最小的 待处理节点 (即, 节点 b )最先完成切换。  Specifically, FIG. 3 is a schematic topological diagram of a reverse optimal path prioritization algorithm when the first node is used as a root in the communication system to which the method for adjusting link overhead is applied according to an embodiment of the present invention. . It should be noted that the digital identifier in FIG. 3 identifies the handover threshold of the node to be processed. When the link b→a recovers from the fault, it is necessary to ensure that the next hop node in each pair of pending nodes (the hop count from the node a is smaller) precedes the previous hop node (the number of hops from the node a is higher. Large) switching the optimal path, and since the first path of each node includes the link b→a, or the first path uses the node b as the last transit node, it is necessary to ensure the distance from the node a. The node with the smallest number of hops (ie, node b) completes the handover first.
在本发明实施例中, 首先, 可以对于第一链路故障情况下, 使用逆向最 短路径优先(RSPF, Reverse Shortest Path FIRST )算法, 计算各待处理节点 到根节点(第一节点)的路径 cost值 D(i,max)。 对于链路正常情况下, 使用 RSPF算法, 计算各待处理节点到根节点 cost值 D ( i, min )。  In the embodiment of the present invention, first, in the case of the first link failure, the reverse shortest path first (RSPF) algorithm is used to calculate the path cost of each node to the root node (first node). The value D(i,max). For the link normal, use the RSPF algorithm to calculate the cost value D ( i, min ) from each node to the root node.
其后,计算对于各待处理节点的防微环切换需要调整的第一链路的最大 链路开销值 Δ cost ( i , max ):  Thereafter, the maximum link cost value Δ cost ( i , max ) of the first link that needs to be adjusted for the anti-micro ring switching of each node to be processed is calculated:
△ cost ( i, max ) =D(i,max) - D ( i, min )。  △ cost ( i, max ) = D(i, max) - D ( i, min ).
计算各待处理节点的防微环切换需要调整的第一链路的最小链路开销 值 Δ cost ( i, min ):  Calculate the minimum link cost Δ cost ( i, min ) of the first link that needs to be adjusted for the anti-micro ring switching of each node to be processed:
△ cost ( i, min ) =MAX{ Δ cost ( j , max ) } , 其中, 节点 j是节点 i在 第一链路正常情况下的儿子节点 (或者说, 节点 j是节点 i在第一路径上的 上一跳节点)。 从而,对于节点 i的防微环切换需要调整的第一链路的 cost值范围(即, 调整范围)是<厶。(^ ( i, min ) +K, A cost ( i, max ) + K>, 其中 K是第一 链路正常时的 cost值。 Δ cost ( i, min ) =MAX{ Δ cost ( j , max ) } , where node j is the son node of node i under normal conditions of the first link (or node j is node i in the first path) The last hop node). Therefore, the range of cost values (ie, the adjustment range) of the first link that needs to be adjusted for the anti-micro ring switching of the node i is <厶. (^ ( i, min ) + K, A cost ( i, max ) + K>, where K is the cost value when the first link is normal.
其后, 可以根据各节点的调整范围, 进行调整, 例如, 在系统 200中, 节点 g的调整范围为 [80, 100] , 节点 c的调整范围为 [90, 110] , 并且, 节点 g构成待处理节点对的节点的切换阈值不在节点 c与节点 d的切换阈值之间 (即,节点 b的切换阈值为 120大于 110, 节点 i的切换阈值为 80小于 90 ), 则在调节链路开销以使节点 c对最优路径进行切换时, 该节点 g可以同时切 换。  Thereafter, adjustment can be made according to the adjustment range of each node. For example, in system 200, the adjustment range of node g is [80, 100], the adjustment range of node c is [90, 110], and node g constitutes The handover threshold of the node of the node pair to be processed is not between the handover threshold of the node c and the node d (that is, the handover threshold of the node b is greater than 110, and the handover threshold of the node i is less than 90), and the link overhead is adjusted. In order for node c to switch the optimal path, the node g can be switched at the same time.
如图 3所示, 由于剩余各节点至节点 b的路径可能存在差异, 例如, 节 点 节点 d、 节点 e、 节点 f需要按距节点 a的跳数由小到大的顺序依次切 换, 并且, 节点 g、 节点 i、 节点 j也需要按距节点 a的跳数由小到大的顺序 依次切换。 因此, 对于分别位于上述两条路径上的节点, 可能存在通过一次 开销调整同时切换至最优路径的情况。  As shown in FIG. 3, since the paths of the remaining nodes to the node b may be different, for example, the node node d, the node e, and the node f need to be switched in order from the hop count of the node a, and the node is sequentially switched. g, node i, node j also need to be switched in order from the hop count of node a from small to large. Therefore, for nodes respectively located on the above two paths, there may be a case of simultaneously switching to the optimal path by one overhead adjustment.
如上所述, 在系统 200中, 节点 g的切换阈值(即, 100 ), 落入一对待 处理节点对(即, 节点 c与节点 d ) 的切换阈值之间 (即, [90, 110] ), 并 且, 节点 g构成待处理节点对的节点的切换阈值不在节点 c与节点 d的切换 阈值之间 (即, 节点 b的切换阈值为 120大于 110, 节点 i的切换阈值为 80 小于 90 ), 则在调节链路开销以使节点 c对最优路径进行切换时, 该节点 g 可以同时切换。  As described above, in system 200, the handover threshold (i.e., 100) of node g falls between a handover threshold of a pair of nodes to be processed (i.e., node c and node d) (i.e., [90, 110]). And, the switching threshold of the node g constituting the node pair to be processed is not between the switching thresholds of the node c and the node d (that is, the switching threshold of the node b is greater than 110, and the switching threshold of the node i is 80 less than 90). Then, when the link overhead is adjusted so that the node c switches the optimal path, the node g can be switched at the same time.
同理, 节点 i与节点 d可以同时切换最优路径, 节点 j与节点 e可以同 时切换最优路径。  Similarly, node i and node d can switch the optimal path at the same time, and node j and node e can switch the optimal path at the same time.
即, 节点 g、 节点 i和节点 j可以作为非目标节点而从待处理节点中删 除。  That is, node g, node i, and node j can be deleted from the node to be processed as a non-target node.
不失一般性, 可以采用以下方法从待处理节点中确定非目标节点。  Without loss of generality, the following methods can be used to determine non-target nodes from the nodes to be processed.
1.初始化三个列表: 处理链表( TentList ), 候选链表( CandList ), 输出 链表 ( OutPutList )。  1. Initialize three lists: TentList, CandList, and OutPutList.
2.链路故障变化最近的节点(这里, 是节点 b )是首先要做防微环切换, 记该节点为 self。  2. Link failure The nearest node (here, node b) is the first to do anti-micro ring switching, remember that the node is self.
3.将节点 self推入 TentList。  3. Push the node self into the TentList.
4.从 TentList中获取一个节点 x, 其中, 节点 x是 TentList中调整范围的 下限值最大的节点。 若 TentList为空, 则算法结束。 4. Obtain a node x from the TentList, where the node x is the adjustment range in the TentList The node with the lowest lower limit. If the TentList is empty, the algorithm ends.
5.将节点 X推入 OutPutList。  5. Push node X into OutPutList.
6.将节点 X的所有可能存在微环切换的孩子节点 y (这里, 是节点 c与 节点 g )力口入 CandList。  6. Put all the child nodes y (here, node c and node g) of node X that may have micro-ring switching into the CandList.
7.确定 CandList中所有节点的切换阈值中最大的一个切换阈值 cost 1 , 与 TentList中节点 z的切换阈值 cost 2 ,若 cost 2> cost 1 ,则将节点 z从 TentList 中删除。  7. Determine the maximum switching threshold cost 1 of the switching thresholds of all nodes in the CandList, and the switching threshold cost 2 of the node z in the TentList. If cost 2> cost 1 , the node z is deleted from the TentList.
8.若节点 z从 TentList中删除, 则将节点 z所有可能存在微环切换(与 节点 z构成待处理节点对) 的孩子节点 w加入 CandList。  8. If the node z is deleted from the TentList, then all the nodes z of the node z that may have a micro-ring switch (which forms a pair of nodes to be processed with the node z) are added to the CandList.
9.重复执行 7~8, 直到完成 TentList中的所有节点的切换阈值与 cost 1 的比较及删除。  9. Repeat 7~8 until the switching threshold of all nodes in TentList is compared with cost 1 and deleted.
10.将 CandList中的所有节点移到 TentList中, 使 CandList为空。  10. Move all the nodes in the CandList to the TentList, making the CandList empty.
11.跳转执行 4。  11. Jump execution 4.
从而, 可以确定 OutPutList中的各节点为目标节点。  Thus, it can be determined that each node in the OutPutList is the target node.
这里, 在系统 200中, 经上述方法确定的 OutPutList中的各节点为节点 b、 节点 c、 节点 d、 节点 e、 节点 f。  Here, in the system 200, each node in the OutPutList determined by the above method is a node b, a node c, a node d, a node e, and a node f.
其后,可以对 OutPutList中的各节点的切换阈值进行排序(递增或递减 ), 并根据各切换阈值进行链路 b→a的链路开销的调整及发布, 该具体过程可 以与上述根据待处理节点的切换阈值进行链路 b→a的链路开销的调整及发 布的过程相似, 这里, 为了避免赘述, 省略其说明。  Then, the switching thresholds of the nodes in the OutPutList may be sorted (incremented or decremented), and the link cost of the link b→a is adjusted and released according to the switching thresholds, and the specific process may be processed according to the foregoing The process of adjusting and releasing the link cost of the link b→a is similar to the switching threshold of the node. Here, in order to avoid redundancy, the description thereof is omitted.
另外, 在根据 OutPutList中的各节点的切换阈值, 进行链路 b→a的链 路开销的调整及发布时, 还可以采用以下调整方法:  In addition, when the link cost of the link b→a is adjusted and released according to the switching threshold of each node in the OutPutList, the following adjustment method can also be adopted:
即, 可选地, 该网络设备根据各该目标节点的路径开销变化值, 对该第 一链路的链路开销进行 N次调整, 包括:  That is, the network device adjusts the link cost of the first link N times according to the path cost change value of each target node, including:
在该第一链路发生故障时, 该网络设备以递增的方式, 对各该目标节点 的路径开销变化值进行第三排序处理;  When the first link fails, the network device performs a third sorting process on the path cost change value of each target node in an incremental manner;
该网络设备对该第一链路的链路开销进行 N次调整, 以使第 i次调整后 的第一链路的链路开销与该第一链路正常时的链路开销之差大于第五值且 小于第六值,其中,该第六值是经过该第三排序处理后的第 i + 1个路径开销 变化值,  The network device adjusts the link cost of the first link N times, so that the difference between the link cost of the first link after the i-th adjustment and the link cost when the first link is normal is greater than The fifth value is less than the sixth value, wherein the sixth value is the i+1th path cost change value after the third sorting process.
该第五值是各第五目标节点的路径开销变化值中的最大的值,该第五目 标节点与第六目标节点构成待处理节点对,且该第五目标节点在第一路径中 为该第六目标节点的上一跳节点, 该第六目标节点是经过该第三排序处理后 的第 i + 1个路径开销变化值所对应的节点。 The fifth value is the largest value among the path cost change values of the fifth target nodes, the fifth item The target node and the sixth target node form a pair of pending nodes, and the fifth target node is a previous hop node of the sixth target node in the first path, and the sixth target node is processed by the third sorting process. The node corresponding to the i + 1 path cost change value.
具体地说, 在对 OutPutList中的各节点的切换阈值进行排序 (这里, 以 按递增顺序排列为例)后, 可以进行 T次调整, T为 OutPutList中包括的节 点的数量, 如上所述, 在系统 200中, T为 5。  Specifically, after sorting the switching thresholds of the nodes in the OutPutList (here, in an ascending order as an example), T adjustments can be made, T being the number of nodes included in the OutPutList, as described above, In system 200, T is five.
即, 第一次调整并发布的链路 b→ a的链路开销可以为小于 80 ( 70 + 10 ) 且大于 60 ( 50 + 10 ) 的任意数值, 例如, 61 ( 51 + 10 ), 经第一次调整后, 节点 f会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 13 (不包括链路 b→a ), 由于经 第一次调整后的链路 b→a的链路开销变化( 51 ) 小于节点 e的切换阈值, 因此, 节点 e不会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 10, 从而, 能够避免因 节点 e的硬件能力及处理环境优于节点 f而导致节点 e与节点 f之间发生微 环现象。  That is, the link cost of the link b→a that is first adjusted and released may be any value less than 80 (70 + 10) and greater than 60 (50 + 10), for example, 61 ( 51 + 10 ), After an adjustment, node f will switch the optimal path to node a to path 13 (excluding link b→a), due to the change in link cost of link b→a after the first adjustment (51) ) is smaller than the switching threshold of the node e, therefore, the node e does not switch the optimal path to the node a to the path 10, thereby avoiding the node e and the node due to the hardware capability of the node e and the processing environment being better than the node f A microring phenomenon occurs between f.
需要说明的是,如图 3所示,在系统 200中, 节点 e仅有一个孩子节点, 但本发明并不限定于此, 当节点 e具有多个孩子节点的情况下, 可以使所调 整的链路 b→a的链路开销大于节点 e的各孩子节点的路径开销变化值中最 大的值。  It should be noted that, as shown in FIG. 3, in the system 200, the node e has only one child node, but the present invention is not limited thereto. When the node e has multiple child nodes, the adjusted The link cost of link b→a is greater than the largest value of the path cost change value of each child node of node e.
第二次调整并发布的链路 b→a的链路开销可以为小于 100 ( 90 + 10 )且 大于 80 ( 70 + 10 ) 的任意数值, 例如, 81 ( 71 + 10 ), 经第二次调整后, 节 点 e会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 10 (不包括链路 b→a ), 由于经第 二次调整后的链路 b→a的链路开销变化(71 ) 小于节点 d的切换阈值, 因 此, 节点 d不会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 7, 从而, 能够避免因节 点 d的硬件能力及处理环境优于节点 e而导致节点 d与节点 e之间发生微环 现象。 并且, 由于在第一次调整后节点 f 已将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路 径 13 , 因此节点 e与节点 f之间不会发生微环现象。并且,经第二次调整后, 节点 j会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 25 (不包括链路 b→a ), 由于经 第二次调整后的链路 b→a的链路开销变化( 71 )小于节点 i的切换阈值, 因 此, 节点 i不会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 110, 从而, 能够避免因 节点 i的硬件能力及处理环境优于节点 j而导致节点 i与节点 j之间发生微环 现象。  The link cost of the link b→a adjusted and released for the second time may be any value less than 100 (90 + 10) and greater than 80 (70 + 10), for example, 81 (71 + 10), after the second time After adjustment, node e will switch the optimal path to node a to path 10 (excluding link b→a), because the link cost change (71) of link b→a after the second adjustment is less than The switching threshold of the node d, therefore, the node d does not switch the optimal path to the node a to the path 7, thereby avoiding the node d and the node e due to the hardware capability of the node d and the processing environment being better than the node e A microring phenomenon occurs between them. Moreover, since the node f has switched the optimal path to the node a to the path 13 after the first adjustment, the micro-ring phenomenon does not occur between the node e and the node f. And, after the second adjustment, node j will switch the optimal path to node a to path 25 (excluding link b→a), due to the link of link b→a after the second adjustment. The cost change (71) is smaller than the switching threshold of the node i. Therefore, the node i does not switch the optimal path to the node a to the path 110, thereby avoiding that the hardware capability of the node i and the processing environment are better than the node j. A microring phenomenon occurs between node i and node j.
需要说明的是,如图 3所示,在系统 200中,节点 d仅有一个孩子节点, 但本发明并不限定于此, 当节点 d具有多个孩子节点的情况下, 可以使所调 整的链路 b→a的链路开销大于节点 d的各孩子节点的路径开销变化值中最 大的值。 It should be noted that, as shown in FIG. 3, in the system 200, the node d has only one child node. However, the present invention is not limited thereto. When the node d has a plurality of child nodes, the link cost of the adjusted link b→a may be made larger than the maximum path cost change value of each child node of the node d. value.
第三次调整并发布的链路 b→a的链路开销可以为小于 120 ( 110 + 10 ) 且大于 100 ( 90 + 10 )的任意数值, 例如, 101 ( 91 + 10 ), 经第三次调整后, 节点 d会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 7 (不包括链路 b→a ), 由于经 第三次调整后的链路 b→a的链路开销变化(91 ) 小于节点 c的切换阈值, 因此, 节点 c不会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 4, 从而, 能够避免因 节点 c的硬件能力及处理环境优于节点 d而导致节点 c与节点 d之间发生微 环现象。 并且, 由于在第二次调整后节点 e已将至节点 a的最优路径切换至 路径 10, 因此节点 d与节点 e之间不会发生微环现象。 并且, 经第二次调整 后, 节点 i会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 22 (不包括链路 b→a ), 由 于经第二次调整后的链路 b→a的链路开销变化(91 ) 小于节点 g的切换阈 值, 因此, 节点 g不会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 16, 从而, 能够避 免因节点 g的硬件能力及处理环境优于节点 i而导致节点 g与节点 i之间发 生微环现象。 并且, 由于在第二次调整后节点 j已将至节点 a的最优路径切 换至路径 25 , 因此节点 i与节点 j之间不会发生微环现象。  The link cost of the link b→a adjusted and released for the third time may be any value less than 120 (110 + 10) and greater than 100 (90 + 10), for example, 101 (91 + 10), after the third time After adjustment, node d will switch the optimal path to node a to path 7 (excluding link b→a), because the link cost change (91) of link b→a after the third adjustment is less than The switching threshold of the node c, therefore, the node c does not switch the optimal path to the node a to the path 4, thereby avoiding the node c and the node d due to the hardware capability of the node c and the processing environment being better than the node d A microring phenomenon occurs between them. Moreover, since the node e has switched the optimal path to the node a to the path 10 after the second adjustment, the micro-ring phenomenon does not occur between the node d and the node e. And, after the second adjustment, node i will switch the optimal path to node a to path 22 (excluding link b→a), due to the link of link b→a after the second adjustment. The cost change (91) is smaller than the switching threshold of the node g. Therefore, the node g does not switch the optimal path to the node a to the path 16, thereby avoiding that the hardware capability of the node g and the processing environment are better than the node i. A microring phenomenon occurs between node g and node i. Moreover, since the node j has switched the optimal path to the node a to the path 25 after the second adjustment, the micro-ring phenomenon does not occur between the node i and the node j.
需要说明的是,如图 3所示,在系统 200中, 节点 c仅有一个孩子节点, 但本发明并不限定于此, 当节点 c具有多个孩子节点的情况下, 可以使所调 整的链路 b→a的链路开销大于节点 c的各孩子节点的路径开销变化值中最 大的值。  It should be noted that, as shown in FIG. 3, in the system 200, the node c has only one child node, but the present invention is not limited thereto. When the node c has a plurality of child nodes, the adjusted The link cost of link b→a is greater than the largest value of the path cost change value of each child node of node c.
第四次调整并发布的链路 b→a的链路开销可以为小于 130 ( 120 + 10 ) 且大于 120 ( 110 + 10 ) 的任意数值, 例如, 121 ( 111 + 10 ), 经第四次调整 后, 节点 c会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 4 (不包括链路 b→a ), 由 于经第四次调整后的链路 b→a的链路开销变化( 115 )小于节点 b的切换阈 值, 因此, 节点 b不会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 1 , 从而, 能够避 免因节点 b的硬件能力及处理环境优于节点 c而导致节点 b与节点 c之间发 生微环现象。 并且, 由于在第三次调整后节点 d已将至节点 a的最优路径切 换至路径 7, 因此节点 c与节点 d之间不会发生微环现象。 并且, 经第四次 调整后,节点 g会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 16 (不包括链路 b→a ), 由于经第四次调整后的链路 b→a的链路开销变化( 105 )小于节点 b的切换 阈值, 因此, 节点 b不会将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 1 , 从而, 能够 避免因节点 b的硬件能力及处理环境优于节点 g而导致节点 b与节点 g之间 发生微环现象。 并且, 由于在第三次调整后节点 i已将至节点 a的最优路径 切换至路径 22, 因此节点 g与节点 i之间不会发生微环现象。 The link cost of the link b→a adjusted and released for the fourth time may be any value less than 130 (120 + 10) and greater than 120 (110 + 10), for example, 121 (111 + 10), after the fourth time After adjustment, node c will switch the optimal path to node a to path 4 (excluding link b→a), because the link cost change (115) of link b→a after the fourth adjustment is less than The switching threshold of the node b, therefore, the node b does not switch the optimal path to the node a to the path 1, thereby avoiding the node b and the node c due to the hardware capability of the node b and the processing environment being better than the node c. A microring phenomenon occurs between them. And, since the node d has switched the optimal path to the node a to the path 7 after the third adjustment, the micro-ring phenomenon does not occur between the node c and the node d. And, after the fourth adjustment, node g will switch the optimal path to node a to path 16 (excluding link b→a), due to the link of link b→a after the fourth adjustment. The overhead change (105) is smaller than the switch of node b Threshold, therefore, node b does not switch the optimal path to node a to path 1, thus avoiding the occurrence of micro-ring between node b and node g due to the hardware capability of node b and the processing environment being better than node g. phenomenon. And, since the node i has switched the optimal path to the node a to the path 22 after the third adjustment, the micro-ring phenomenon does not occur between the node g and the node i.
需要说明的是, 在本发明实施例中, 节点 h的切换阈值与节点 g的切换 阈值均为 100, 因此, 节点 h与节点 g同时对至节点 a的最优链路进行切换。 但是, 由于节点 h的切换阈值与节点 g的切换阈值相同, 表示在路径 19和 路径 20中, 节点 h均为节点 g的上一跳节点, 所以节点 h和节点 g之间不 存在微环问题。  It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the handover threshold of the node h and the handover threshold of the node g are both 100. Therefore, the node h and the node g simultaneously switch the optimal link to the node a. However, since the handover threshold of the node h is the same as the handover threshold of the node g, it is indicated that in the path 19 and the path 20, the node h is the previous hop node of the node g, so there is no micro-ring problem between the node h and the node g. .
需要说明的是, 如图 3所示, 在系统 200中, 由于节点 c是节点 b的孩 子节点 (节点 c和节点 g ) 中路径开销变化值最大的节点, 因此使本次调整 的链路开销大于节点 c的路径开销变化值。  It should be noted that, as shown in FIG. 3, in the system 200, since the node c is the node with the largest path cost change value among the child nodes (node c and node g) of the node b, the link cost of the current adjustment is made. Greater than the path cost change value of node c.
第五次调整并发布的链路 b→a的链路开销可以为大于 130 ( 120 + 10 ) 的任意数值, 例如, 130 ( 125 + 10 ), 经第八次调整后, 节点 b会将至节点 a 的最优路径切换至路径 1 (不包括链路 b→a ), 由于在第四次调整后节点 g 已将至节点 a的最优路径切换至路径 16,因此节点 b与节点 g之间不会发生 微环现象。 并且, 由于在第四次调整后节点 c已将至节点 a的最优路径切换 至路径 4, 因此节点 b与节点 c之间不会发生微环现象。  The link cost of link b→a, which is adjusted and released for the fifth time, can be any value greater than 130 (120 + 10), for example, 130 (125 + 10). After the eighth adjustment, node b will The optimal path of node a is switched to path 1 (excluding link b→a). Since node g has switched the optimal path to node a to path 16 after the fourth adjustment, node b and node g There is no microring phenomenon between them. Moreover, since the node c has switched the optimal path to the node a to the path 4 after the fourth adjustment, the microring phenomenon does not occur between the node b and the node c.
同理, 可以对 OutPutList中的各节点的切换阈值按递减顺序排列, 并进 行调整, 该过程与上述过程相似, 这里, 为了避免赘述, 省略其说明。  For the same reason, the switching thresholds of the nodes in the OutPutList can be arranged in descending order and adjusted. The process is similar to the above process. Here, in order to avoid redundancy, the description thereof is omitted.
即, 可选地, 该网络设备根据各该目标节点的路径开销变化值, 对该第 一链路的链路开销进行 N次调整, 包括:  That is, the network device adjusts the link cost of the first link N times according to the path cost change value of each target node, including:
在该第一链路发生故障时, 该网络设备以递减的方式, 对各该目标节点 的路径开销变化值进行第四排序处理;  When the first link fails, the network device performs a fourth sorting process on the path cost change value of each target node in a decreasing manner;
该网络设备对该第一链路的链路开销进行 N次调整, 以使第 i次调整后 的第一链路的链路开销与该第一链路正常时的链路开销之差大于第七值且 小于第八值, 其中, 该第八值是经过该第四排序处理后的第 N - i个路径开 销变化值,  The network device adjusts the link cost of the first link N times, so that the difference between the link cost of the first link after the i-th adjustment and the link cost when the first link is normal is greater than The seventh value is less than the eighth value, wherein the eighth value is the N-th path cost change value after the fourth sorting process,
该第七值是各第七目标节点的路径开销变化值中的最大的值,该第七目 标节点与第八目标节点构成待处理节点对,且该第七目标节点在第一路径中 为该第八目标节点的上一跳节点, 该第八目标节点是经过该第四排序处理后 的第 N _ i + 1个路径开销变化值所对应的节点。 The seventh value is the largest value among the path cost change values of the seventh target nodes, and the seventh target node and the eighth target node form a pair of pending nodes, and the seventh target node is in the first path. a last hop node of the eighth target node, the eighth target node is processed after the fourth sorting The node corresponding to the Nth _i + 1 path cost change value.
根据本发明实施例的调整链路开销的方法,通过对待处理节点进一步地 进行删除处理, 能够减少处理次数, 提高调整的效率, 从而提高调整的实用 性。  According to the method for adjusting the link overhead according to the embodiment of the present invention, by performing the deletion processing on the node to be processed, the number of times of processing can be reduced, and the efficiency of the adjustment can be improved, thereby improving the practicability of the adjustment.
可选地, 该网络设备对该第一链路的链路开销进行至少两次调整包括: 该网络设备确定各目标节点计算最优路径所需要的处理时间;  Optionally, the network device performing at least two adjustments on the link cost of the first link includes: determining, by the network device, a processing time required for each target node to calculate an optimal path;
该网络设备根据该处理时间, 确定该至少两次调整之间的时间间隔; 该网络设备根据该时间间隔,对该第一链路的链路开销进行至少两次调 具体地说, 在本发明实施例中, 还可以确定本次调整中能够完成最优路 径重选的节点的所需要的重计算处理时间, 例如, 可以 (例如, 从供应商) 获取各节点的硬件信息, 从而根据该硬件信息进行计算能力估算, 从而确定 该重计算处理时间, 确定下一次调整及发布的时间, 以使该本次调整中能够 完成最优路径重选的节点完成重选后, 进行下一次调整及发布。  Determining, by the network device, a time interval between the at least two adjustments according to the processing time; the network device performs at least two adjustments on the link overhead of the first link according to the time interval, in the present invention In an embodiment, the required recomputation processing time of the node capable of completing the optimal path reselection in the current adjustment may also be determined. For example, hardware information of each node may be obtained (for example, from a vendor), according to the hardware. The information is estimated by the calculation capability, thereby determining the recalculation processing time, and determining the time of the next adjustment and release, so that the node that can complete the optimal path reselection in the current adjustment completes the reselection, and then performs the next adjustment and release. .
根据本发明实施例的调整链路开销的方法, 能够进一步可靠地避免微环 现象的发生。  According to the method for adjusting the link overhead according to the embodiment of the present invention, the occurrence of the microring phenomenon can be further reliably avoided.
根据本发明实施例的调整链路开销的方法,通过对与第一节点直接连接 的第一链路的链路开销进行多次调整,在包括该第一链路且在该第一链路正 常时作为至该第一节点的最优链路的各第一路径中,在第一链路在从故障中 恢复时,使可能出现微环现象的待处理节点对中在第一路径上的下一跳节点 先于上一跳节点将至第一节点的最优路径迁移至第一路径, 或在第一链路发 生故障时,在使可能出现微环现象的待处理节点对中在第一路径上的上一跳 节点先于下一跳节点将至第一节点的最优路径迁移出第一路径, 从而, 能够 防止各待处理节点对之间出现微环现象。  According to the method for adjusting the link cost, the link cost of the first link directly connected to the first node is adjusted multiple times, including the first link and the first link is normal. In each of the first paths that are the optimal links to the first node, when the first link recovers from the failure, the pair of nodes to be processed that may have a microring phenomenon may be on the first path. The one-hop node migrates the optimal path to the first node to the first path before the previous hop node, or in the pair of pending nodes that may cause the micro-ring phenomenon when the first link fails. The previous hop node on the path migrates the optimal path to the first node out of the first path before the next hop node, thereby preventing the micro ring phenomenon from occurring between the pairs of nodes to be processed.
以上, 结合图 1至图 3详细说明了根据本发明实施例的调整链路开销的 方法, 下面, 结合图 4详细说明根据本发明实施例的调整链路开销的装置。  The method for adjusting the link overhead according to the embodiment of the present invention is described in detail above with reference to FIG. 1 to FIG. 3. Hereinafter, an apparatus for adjusting link overhead according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to FIG.
图 4示出了根据本发明实施例的调整链路开销的装置 300 的示意性框 图。 如图 4所示, 该装置 300包括:  Figure 4 shows a schematic block diagram of an apparatus 300 for adjusting link overhead in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in Figure 4, the apparatus 300 includes:
待处理节点确定单元 310, 用于当该第一链路发生故障或从故障中恢复 时, 从至少三个节点中确定至少一个待处理节点对, 其中, 每个待处理节点 对包括经由一条链路相连的两个待处理节点, 该待处理节点能够通过不包括 第一链路的第二路径向该至少三个节点的第一节点发送报文, 并且, 该待处 理节点能够在该第一链路正常时通过包括该第一链路的第一路径向该第一 节点发送 文, 其中, 一个第二路径是从一个待处理节点在至该第一节点的 不包括该第一链路的路径中总的链路开销最小的路径, 一个第一路径是在该 第一链路正常时从一个待处理节点至该第一节点的最优路径, 并且, 每个待 处理节点对中的各待处理节点在第二路径上和第一路径上的上下跳关系相 异, 该至少三个节点中的第二节点与该第一节点之间通过该第一链路直接连 接, 该第一链路用于传输需要发送至该第一节点的数据; The to-be-processed node determining unit 310 is configured to determine at least one pair of to-be-processed nodes from at least three nodes when the first link fails or recovers from the fault, where each pair of to-be-processed nodes includes a chain Two pending nodes connected to the path, the to-be-processed node can pass without including The second path of the first link sends a message to the first node of the at least three nodes, and the to-be-processed node can pass the first path including the first link to the first link when the first link is normal. The first node sends a message, where a second path is a path from a to-be-processed node with a minimum total link overhead in a path to the first node that does not include the first link, where a first path is The optimal path from the node to be processed to the first node when the first link is normal, and the up-and-down relationship between the nodes to be processed in the pair of nodes to be processed on the second path and the first path Differentiating, the second node of the at least three nodes is directly connected to the first node by using the first link, where the first link is used to transmit data that needs to be sent to the first node;
路径开销变化值确定单元 320, 用于确定各待处理节点的路径开销变化 值, 该各待处理节点的路径开销变化值是各待处理节点的第一路径开销与第 二路径开销的差值, 该第一路径开销是当第一链路正常时在第一路径上的总 的链路开销, 该第二路径开销是在第二路径上的总的链路开销;  The path cost change value determining unit 320 is configured to determine a path cost change value of each to-be-processed node, where a path cost change value of each to-be-processed node is a difference between a first path cost and a second path cost of each to-be-processed node, The first path cost is a total link cost on the first path when the first link is normal, and the second path cost is a total link cost on the second path;
链路开销调整单元 330, 用于根据各待处理节点的路径开销变化值, 对 该第一链路的链路开销进行至少两次调整, 以在该第一链路在从故障中恢复 时,使各待处理节点对中在第一路径上的下一跳节点先于上一跳节点将至该 第一节点的最优路径迁移至该第一路径, 或  The link cost adjustment unit 330 is configured to adjust the link cost of the first link at least twice according to the path cost change value of each to-be-processed node, so that when the first link recovers from the fault, Having the next hop node on the first path of each pair of pending nodes migrate the optimal path to the first node to the first path prior to the previous hop node, or
在该第一链路发生故障时,使各待处理节点对中在第一路径上的上一跳 节点先于下一跳节点将至该第一节点的最优路径迁移出该第一路径。  When the first link fails, the previous hop node on the first path of each pair of pending nodes migrates the optimal path to the first node out of the first path before the next hop node.
可选地,该链路开销调整单元 330还用于从该待处理节点中,确定 N个 目标节点, 其中, 该目标节点的数目小于等于该待处理节点的数目;  Optionally, the link cost adjustment unit 330 is further configured to determine, from the to-be-processed node, N target nodes, where the number of the target nodes is less than or equal to the number of the to-be-processed nodes;
用于根据各该目标节点的路径开销变化值,对该第一链路的链路开销进 行 N次调整。  And adjusting, according to the path cost change value of each target node, the link cost of the first link to be adjusted N times.
可选地, 该链路开销调整单元 330具体用于将该待处理节点的全部, 作 为该 N个目标节点。  Optionally, the link cost adjustment unit 330 is specifically configured to use all of the to-be-processed nodes as the N target nodes.
可选地, 该链路开销调整单元 330具体用于在该第一链路在从故障中恢 复时, 该网络设备以递减的方式, 对各该目标节点的路径开销变化值进行第 一排序处理;  Optionally, the link cost adjustment unit 330 is configured to: when the first link recovers from the fault, the network device performs a first sorting process on the path cost change value of each target node in a decreasing manner. ;
用于对该第一链路的链路开销进行 N次调整, 以使第 i次调整后的第一 链路的链路开销与该第一链路正常时的链路开销之差小于第一值且大于第 二值, 其中, 该第一值是经过该第一排序处理后的第 i个路径开销变化值, 该第二值是经过该第一排序处理后的第 i + 1个路径开销变化值。 可选地, 该链路开销调整单元 330具体用于在该第一链路在从故障中恢 复时, 该网络设备以递增的方式, 对各该目标节点的路径开销变化值进行第 二排序处理; The N-time adjustment is performed on the link cost of the first link, so that the difference between the link cost of the first link after the i-th adjustment and the link cost when the first link is normal is smaller than the first The value is greater than the second value, where the first value is the i-th path cost change value after the first sorting process, and the second value is the i-th path cost after the first sorting process Change value. Optionally, the link cost adjustment unit 330 is configured to: when the first link recovers from the fault, the network device performs a second sorting process on the path cost change value of each target node in an incremental manner. ;
用于对该第一链路的链路开销进行 N次调整, 以使第 i次调整后的第一 链路的链路开销与该第一链路正常时的链路开销之差小于第三值且大于第 四值, 其中, 该第三值是经过该第二排序处理后的第 N - i + 1个路径开销变 化值, 该第四值是经过该第二排序处理后的第 N - i个路径开销变化值。  The N-time adjustment is performed on the link cost of the first link, so that the difference between the link cost of the first link after the i-th adjustment and the link cost when the first link is normal is smaller than the third. The value is greater than the fourth value, wherein the third value is the N-th + 1 path cost change value after the second sorting process, and the fourth value is the N-th after the second sorting process i path cost change values.
可选地, 该链路开销调整单元 330具体用于在该第一链路发生故障时, 该网络设备以递增的方式,对各该目标节点的路径开销变化值进行第三排序 处理;  Optionally, the link cost adjustment unit 330 is configured to: when the first link fails, the network device performs a third sorting process on the path cost change value of each target node in an incremental manner;
用于对该第一链路的链路开销进行 N次调整, 以使第 i次调整后的第一 链路的链路开销与该第一链路正常时的链路开销之差大于第五值且小于第 六值,其中,该第六值是经过该第三排序处理后的第 i + 1个路径开销变化值, 该第五值是经过该第三排序处理后的第 i个路径开销变化值。  The N-time adjustment is performed on the link cost of the first link, so that the difference between the link cost of the first link after the i-th adjustment and the link cost when the first link is normal is greater than the fifth. The value is less than the sixth value, wherein the sixth value is the i-th path cost change value after the third sorting process, and the fifth value is the i-th path cost after the third sorting process Change value.
可选地, 该链路开销调整单元 330具体用于在该第一链路发生故障时, 该网络设备以递减的方式,对各该目标节点的路径开销变化值进行第四排序 处理;  Optionally, the link cost adjustment unit 330 is configured to: when the first link fails, the network device performs a fourth sorting process on the path cost change value of each target node in a decreasing manner;
用于对该第一链路的链路开销进行 N次调整, 以使第 i次调整后的第一 链路的链路开销与该第一链路正常时的链路开销之差大于第七值且小于第 八值, 其中, 该第八值是经过该第四排序处理后的第 N - i个路径开销变化 值, 该第七值是经过该第四排序处理后的第 N - i + 1个路径开销变化值。  The N-time adjustment is performed on the link cost of the first link, so that the difference between the link cost of the first link after the i-th adjustment and the link cost when the first link is normal is greater than the seventh. The value is less than the eighth value, wherein the eighth value is the Nth-th path cost change value after the fourth sorting process, and the seventh value is the N-th+ after the fourth sorting process 1 path cost change value.
可选地, 该链路开销调整单元 330还用于确定各目标节点计算最优路径 所需要的处理时间;  Optionally, the link cost adjustment unit 330 is further configured to determine a processing time required for each target node to calculate an optimal path;
用于 ^据该处理时间, 确定该至少两次调整之间的时间间隔;  For determining a time interval between the at least two adjustments according to the processing time;
用于根据该时间间隔, 对该第一链路的链路开销进行至少两次调整。 可选地, 该装置为该第二节点。  And performing, according to the time interval, performing at least two adjustments on a link cost of the first link. Optionally, the device is the second node.
可选地, 该链路开销调整单元 330具体用于根据各待处理节点的路径开 销变化值, 确定各待处理节点的调整范围, 其中, 一个待处理节点的调整范 围为小于等于该待处理节点的路径开销变化值,且大于等于该待处理节点的 参考节点的路径开销变化值, 一个待处理节点的参考节点是该待处理节点在 各第一路径上的上一跳节点中路径开销变化值最大的节点; 用于根据该待处理节点的调整范围,对该第一链路的链路开销进行至少 两次调整。 Optionally, the link cost adjustment unit 330 is specifically configured to determine, according to a path cost change value of each to-be-processed node, an adjustment range of each to-be-processed node, where an adjustment range of a to-be-processed node is less than or equal to the to-be-processed node. The path cost change value is greater than or equal to the path cost change value of the reference node of the to-be-processed node, and the reference node of the to-be-processed node is the path cost change value of the to-be-processed node in the previous hop node on each first path. Largest node And configured to perform at least two adjustments on the link cost of the first link according to the adjustment range of the to-be-processed node.
根据本发明实施例的调整链路开销的装置 300可对应于本发明实施例的 方法中的网络设备(例如, 第二节点), 并且, 该装置 300 中的各单元即模 块和上述其他操作和 /或功能分别为了实现图 1中的方法 100的相应流程,为 了筒洁, 在此不再赘述。  The apparatus 300 for adjusting the link overhead according to the embodiment of the present invention may correspond to a network device (for example, a second node) in the method of the embodiment of the present invention, and each unit in the apparatus 300 is a module and the foregoing other operations and In order to implement the corresponding process of the method 100 in FIG. 1 , the functions are not described here.
根据本发明实施例的调整链路开销的装置,通过对与第一节点直接连接 的第一链路的链路开销进行多次调整,在包括该第一链路且在该第一链路正 常时作为至该第一节点的最优链路的各第一路径中,在第一链路在从故障中 恢复时,使可能出现微环现象的待处理节点对中在第一路径上的下一跳节点 先于上一跳节点将至第一节点的最优路径迁移至第一路径, 或在第一链路发 生故障时,在使可能出现微环现象的待处理节点对中在第一路径上的上一跳 节点先于下一跳节点将至第一节点的最优路径迁移出第一路径, 从而, 能够 防止各待处理节点对之间出现微环现象。  The device for adjusting the link cost according to the embodiment of the present invention, by adjusting the link cost of the first link directly connected to the first node, including the first link and being normal on the first link In each of the first paths that are the optimal links to the first node, when the first link recovers from the failure, the pair of nodes to be processed that may have a microring phenomenon may be on the first path. The one-hop node migrates the optimal path to the first node to the first path before the previous hop node, or in the pair of pending nodes that may cause the micro-ring phenomenon when the first link fails. The previous hop node on the path migrates the optimal path to the first node out of the first path before the next hop node, thereby preventing the micro ring phenomenon from occurring between the pairs of nodes to be processed.
以上, 结合图 1至图 3详细说明了根据本发明实施例的调整链路开销的 方法, 下面, 结合图 5详细说明根据本发明实施例的调整链路开销的设备。  The method for adjusting the link cost according to the embodiment of the present invention is described in detail above with reference to FIG. 1 to FIG. 3. Hereinafter, the device for adjusting the link overhead according to the embodiment of the present invention is described in detail with reference to FIG.
图 5 示出了根据本发明实施例的调整链路开销的设备 400 的示意性框 图。 如图 5所示, 该设备 400包括:  FIG. 5 shows a schematic block diagram of a device 400 for adjusting link overhead in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 5, the device 400 includes:
总线 410;  Bus 410;
与该总线相连的处理器 420;  a processor 420 connected to the bus;
与该总线相连的存储器 430;  a memory 430 connected to the bus;
其中,该处理器 420通过该总线 410,调用该存储器 430中存储的程序, 以用于当该第一链路发生故障或从故障中恢复时, 网络设备从该至少三个节 点中确定至少一个待处理节点对, 其中, 每个待处理节点对包括经由一条链 路相连的两个待处理节点, 该待处理节点能够通过不包括该第一链路的第二 路径向该第一节点发送报文, 并且, 该待处理节点能够在该第一链路正常时 通过包括该第一链路的第一路径向该第一节点发送报文, 其中, 一个第二路 径是从一个待处理节点在至该第一节点的不包括该第一链路的路径中总的 链路开销最小的路径,一个第一路径是在该第一链路正常时从一个待处理节 点至该第一节点的最优路径, 并且, 每个待处理节点对中的各待处理节点在 第二路径上和第一路径上的上下跳关系相异; 用于确定各待处理节点的路径开销变化值, 该各待处理节点的路径开销 变化值是各待处理节点的第一路径开销与第二路径开销的差值,该第一路径 开销是当第一链路正常时在第一路径上的总的链路开销, 该第二路径开销是 在第二路径上的总的链路开销; The processor 420 calls, by using the bus 410, a program stored in the memory 430, where the network device determines at least one of the at least three nodes when the first link fails or recovers from a failure. a pair of nodes to be processed, wherein each pair of nodes to be processed includes two nodes to be processed connected via a link, and the node to be processed can send a report to the first node through a second path that does not include the first link. And the node to be processed can send a message to the first node by using a first path including the first link when the first link is normal, where a second path is from a to-be-processed node. a path to the first node that does not include the first link in which the total link overhead is the smallest, and a first path is the most from a pending node to the first node when the first link is normal. An optimal path, and each of the to-be-processed nodes in each pair of pending nodes has a different up-and-down relationship on the second path and the first path; a path cost change value of each node to be processed, where a path cost change value of each to-be-processed node is a difference between a first path cost of each to-be-processed node and a second path cost, where the first path cost is The total link cost on the first path when a link is normal, and the second path cost is the total link overhead on the second path;
用于根据各待处理节点的路径开销变化值,对该第一链路的链路开销进 行至少两次调整, 以在该第一链路在从故障中恢复时, 使各待处理节点对中 在第一路径上的下一跳节点先于上一跳节点将至该第一节点的最优路径迁 移至该第一路径, 或  The link cost of the first link is adjusted at least twice according to the path cost change value of each node to be processed, so that each of the to-be-processed nodes is centered when the first link recovers from the fault. The next hop node on the first path migrates the optimal path to the first node to the first path prior to the previous hop node, or
在该第一链路发生故障时,使各待处理节点对中在第一路径上的上一跳 节点先于下一跳节点将至该第一节点的最优路径迁移出该第一路径。  When the first link fails, the previous hop node on the first path of each pair of pending nodes migrates the optimal path to the first node out of the first path before the next hop node.
可选地, 该处理器 420还用于从该待处理节点中, 确定 N个目标节点, 其中, 该目标节点的数目小于等于该待处理节点的数目;  Optionally, the processor 420 is further configured to determine, from the to-be-processed node, N target nodes, where the number of the target nodes is less than or equal to the number of the to-be-processed nodes;
用于根据各该目标节点的路径开销变化值,对该第一链路的链路开销进 行 N次调整。  And adjusting, according to the path cost change value of each target node, the link cost of the first link to be adjusted N times.
可选地,该处理器 420具体用于将该待处理节点的全部,作为该 N个目 标节点。  Optionally, the processor 420 is specifically configured to use all of the to-be-processed nodes as the N target nodes.
可选地, 该处理器 420具体用于在该第一链路在从故障中恢复时, 该网 络设备以递减的方式, 对各该目标节点的路径开销变化值进行第一排序处 理;  Optionally, the processor 420 is configured to: when the first link recovers from the fault, the network device performs a first sorting process on the path cost change value of each target node in a decreasing manner;
用于对该第一链路的链路开销进行 N次调整, 以使第 i次调整后的第一 链路的链路开销与该第一链路正常时的链路开销之差小于第一值且大于第 二值, 其中, 该第一值是经过该第一排序处理后的第 i个路径开销变化值, 该第二值是经过该第一排序处理后的第 i + 1个路径开销变化值。  The N-time adjustment is performed on the link cost of the first link, so that the difference between the link cost of the first link after the i-th adjustment and the link cost when the first link is normal is smaller than the first The value is greater than the second value, where the first value is the i-th path cost change value after the first sorting process, and the second value is the i-th path cost after the first sorting process Change value.
可选地, 该处理器 420具体用于在该第一链路在从故障中恢复时, 该网 络设备以递增的方式, 对各该目标节点的路径开销变化值进行第二排序处 理;  Optionally, the processor 420 is configured to: when the first link recovers from the fault, the network device performs a second sorting process on the path cost change value of each target node in an incremental manner;
用于对该第一链路的链路开销进行 N次调整, 以使第 i次调整后的第一 链路的链路开销与该第一链路正常时的链路开销之差小于第三值且大于第 四值, 其中, 该第三值是经过该第二排序处理后的第 N - i + 1个路径开销变 化值, 该第四值是经过该第二排序处理后的第 N - i个路径开销变化值。  The N-time adjustment is performed on the link cost of the first link, so that the difference between the link cost of the first link after the i-th adjustment and the link cost when the first link is normal is smaller than the third. The value is greater than the fourth value, wherein the third value is the N-th + 1 path cost change value after the second sorting process, and the fourth value is the N-th after the second sorting process i path cost change values.
可选地, 该处理器 420具体用于在该第一链路发生故障时, 该网络设备 以递增的方式, 对各该目标节点的路径开销变化值进行第三排序处理; 用于对该第一链路的链路开销进行 N次调整, 以使第 i次调整后的第一 链路的链路开销与该第一链路正常时的链路开销之差大于第五值且小于第 六值,其中,该第六值是经过该第三排序处理后的第 i + 1个路径开销变化值, 该第五值是经过该第三排序处理后的第 i个路径开销变化值。 Optionally, the processor 420 is specifically configured to: when the first link fails, the network device Performing a third sorting process on the path cost change value of each target node in an incremental manner; and performing N times adjustment on the link cost of the first link, so that the first link after the ith adjustment is performed The difference between the link cost and the link cost when the first link is normal is greater than a fifth value and less than a sixth value, wherein the sixth value is the i+1th path cost after the third sorting process The change value, the fifth value is the i-th path cost change value after the third sorting process.
可选地, 该处理器 420具体用于在该第一链路发生故障时, 该网络设备 以递减的方式, 对各该目标节点的路径开销变化值进行第四排序处理;  Optionally, the processor 420 is specifically configured to: when the first link fails, the network device performs a fourth sorting process on the path cost change value of each target node in a decreasing manner;
用于对该第一链路的链路开销进行 N次调整, 以使第 i次调整后的第一 链路的链路开销与该第一链路正常时的链路开销之差大于第七值且小于第 八值, 其中, 该第八值是经过该第四排序处理后的第 N - i个路径开销变化 值, 该第七值是经过该第四排序处理后的第 N - i + 1个路径开销变化值。  The N-time adjustment is performed on the link cost of the first link, so that the difference between the link cost of the first link after the i-th adjustment and the link cost when the first link is normal is greater than the seventh. The value is less than the eighth value, wherein the eighth value is the Nth-th path cost change value after the fourth sorting process, and the seventh value is the N-th+ after the fourth sorting process 1 path cost change value.
可选地,该处理器 420还用于确定各目标节点计算最优路径所需要的处 理时间;  Optionally, the processor 420 is further configured to determine a processing time required for each target node to calculate an optimal path;
用于 ^据该处理时间, 确定该至少两次调整之间的时间间隔;  For determining a time interval between the at least two adjustments according to the processing time;
用于根据该时间间隔, 对该第一链路的链路开销进行至少两次调整。 可选地, 该设备 400为该第二节点。  And performing, according to the time interval, performing at least two adjustments on a link cost of the first link. Optionally, the device 400 is the second node.
可选地, 该处理器 420具体用于根据各待处理节点的路径开销变化值, 确定各待处理节点的调整范围, 其中, 一个待处理节点的调整范围为小于等 于所述待处理节点的路径开销变化值,且大于等于所述待处理节点的参考节 点的路径开销变化值,一个待处理节点的参考节点是所述待处理节点在各第 一路径上的上一跳节点中路径开销变化值最大的节点;  Optionally, the processor 420 is specifically configured to determine, according to a path cost change value of each node to be processed, an adjustment range of each to-be-processed node, where an adjustment range of a to-be-processed node is a path smaller than or equal to the to-be-processed node. The cost change value is greater than or equal to the path cost change value of the reference node of the to-be-processed node, and the reference node of the to-be-processed node is the path cost change value of the to-be-processed node in the previous hop node on each first path. Largest node
用于根据所述待处理节点的调整范围,对所述第一链路的链路开销进行 至少两次调整。  And adjusting, according to the adjustment range of the to-be-processed node, the link overhead of the first link to be adjusted at least twice.
根据本发明实施例的调整链路开销的设备 400可对应于本发明实施例的 方法中的网络设备(例如, 第二节点), 并且, 该设备 400 中的各单元即模 块和上述其他操作和 /或功能分别为了实现图 1中的方法 100的相应流程,为 了筒洁, 在此不再赘述。  The device 400 for adjusting the link overhead according to the embodiment of the present invention may correspond to a network device (for example, a second node) in the method of the embodiment of the present invention, and each unit in the device 400 is a module and the foregoing other operations and In order to implement the corresponding process of the method 100 in FIG. 1 , the functions are not described here.
应理解,在本发明实施例中,该处理器 420可以是中央处理单元( Central Processing Unit, 筒称为 "CPU" ), 该处理器 420还可以是其他通用处理器、 数字信号处理器(DSP )、专用集成电路(ASIC )、现成可编程门阵列(FPGA ) 或者其他可编程逻辑器件、 分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、 分立硬件组件等。 通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。 该存储器 430可以包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器, 并向处理器 610 提供指令和数据。存储器 430的一部分还可以包括非易失性随机存取存储器。 例如, 存储器 430还可以存储设备类型的信息。 It should be understood that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the processor 420 may be a central processing unit (a central processing unit), and the processor 420 may also be another general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP). ), application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), off-the-shelf programmable gate arrays (FPGAs) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, and the like. The general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like. The memory 430 can include read only memory and random access memory and provides instructions and data to the processor 610. A portion of the memory 430 may also include a non-volatile random access memory. For example, the memory 430 can also store information of the device type.
该总线 410除包括数据总线之外, 还可以包括电源总线、 控制总线和状 态信号总线等。 但是为了清楚说明起见, 在图中将各种总线都标为总线系统 410。 逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。 结合本发明实施例所公开的方法的步骤 可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成, 或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组 合执行完成。 软件模块可以位于随机存储器, 闪存、 只读存储器, 可编程只 读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、 寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。 该存储介质位于存储器 430, 处理器 420读取存储器 430中的信息, 结合其 硬件完成上述方法的步骤。 为避免重复, 这里不再详细描述。  The bus 410 can include, in addition to the data bus, a power bus, a control bus, and a status signal bus. However, for clarity of description, various buses are labeled as bus system 410 in the figure. The logic circuit or the instruction in the form of software is completed. The steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present invention may be directly implemented as a hardware processor, or may be performed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor. The software modules can be located in random memory, flash memory, read only memory, programmable read only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, etc., which are well established in the art. The storage medium is located in the memory 430. The processor 420 reads the information in the memory 430 and combines the hardware to complete the steps of the above method. To avoid repetition, it will not be described in detail here.
根据本发明实施例的调整链路开销的设备,通过对与第一节点直接连接 的第一链路的链路开销进行多次调整,在包括该第一链路且在该第一链路正 常时作为至该第一节点的最优链路的各第一路径中,在第一链路在从故障中 恢复时,使可能出现微环现象的待处理节点对中在第一路径上的下一跳节点 先于上一跳节点将至第一节点的最优路径迁移至第一路径, 或在第一链路发 生故障时,在使可能出现微环现象的待处理节点对中在第一路径上的上一跳 节点先于下一跳节点将至第一节点的最优路径迁移出第一路径, 从而, 能够 防止各待处理节点对之间出现微环现象。  The device for adjusting the link cost according to the embodiment of the present invention performs the multiple adjustments on the link cost of the first link directly connected to the first node, including the first link and the first link is normal. In each of the first paths that are the optimal links to the first node, when the first link recovers from the failure, the pair of nodes to be processed that may have a microring phenomenon may be on the first path. The one-hop node migrates the optimal path to the first node to the first path before the previous hop node, or in the pair of pending nodes that may cause the micro-ring phenomenon when the first link fails. The previous hop node on the path migrates the optimal path to the first node out of the first path before the next hop node, thereby preventing the micro ring phenomenon from occurring between the pairs of nodes to be processed.
应理解, 本文中术语 "和 /或", 仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系, 表示可以存在三种关系, 例如, A和 /或 B , 可以表示: 单独存在 A, 同时存 在 A和 B , 单独存在 B这三种情况。 另外, 本文中字符 "/" , 一般表示前后 关联对象是一种 "或" 的关系。  It should be understood that the term "and/or" in this context is merely an association describing the associated object, indicating that there may be three relationships, for example, A and / or B, which may represent: A exists separately, and A and B exist simultaneously There are three cases of B alone. In addition, the character "/" in this article generally indicates that the context object is an "or" relationship.
应理解, 在本发明的各种实施例中, 上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味 着执行顺序的先后, 各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定, 而不应 对本发明实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。  It should be understood that, in various embodiments of the present invention, the size of the sequence numbers of the above processes does not mean the order of execution, and the order of execution of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not be taken to the embodiments of the present invention. The implementation process constitutes any limitation.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到, 结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各 示例的单元及算法步骤, 能够以电子硬件、 或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结 合来实现。 这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行, 取决于技术方案的特 定应用和设计约束条件。 专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方 法来实现所描述的功能, 但是这种实现不应认为超出本发明的范围。 Those skilled in the art will appreciate that the elements and algorithm steps of the various examples described in connection with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented in electronic hardware, or in computer software and electronic hardware. Come together to achieve. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the solution. A person skilled in the art can use different methods to implement the described functions for each particular application, but such implementation should not be considered to be beyond the scope of the present invention.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到, 为描述的方便和筒洁, 上述描 述的系统、 装置和单元的具体工作过程, 可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应 过程, 在此不再赘述。  It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that, for the convenience of the description and the cleaning process, the specific operation of the system, the device and the unit described above may be referred to the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments, and details are not described herein again.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中, 应该理解到, 所揭露的系统、 装置和 方法, 可以通过其它的方式实现。 例如, 以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示 意性的, 例如, 所述单元的划分, 仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分, 实际实现时可 以有另外的划分方式, 例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个 系统, 或一些特征可以忽略, 或不执行。 另一点, 所显示或讨论的相互之间 的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口, 装置或单元的间接耦合 或通信连接, 可以是电性, 机械或其它的形式。  In the several embodiments provided herein, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices, and methods may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative. For example, the division of the unit is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be another division manner, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not executed. In addition, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be electrical, mechanical or otherwise.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作 为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元, 即可以位于一个地方, 或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或 者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。  The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separate, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solution of the embodiment.
另外, 在本发明各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元 中, 也可以是各个单元单独物理存在, 也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一 个单元中。  In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present invention may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使 用时, 可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。 基于这样的理解, 本发明 的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部 分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质 中, 包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机, 服务器, 或者网络设备等)执行本发明各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。 而前 述的存储介质包括: U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器( ROM , Read-Only Memory )、 随机存取存储器(RAM, Random Access Memory ), 磁碟或者光盘等各种可 以存储程序代码的介质。  The functions, if implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as separate products, may be stored in a computer readable storage medium. Based on such understanding, the technical solution of the present invention, which is essential to the prior art or part of the technical solution, may be embodied in the form of a software product stored in a storage medium, including The instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of the present invention. The foregoing storage medium includes: a U disk, a mobile hard disk, a read-only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a magnetic disk or an optical disk, and the like, which can store program codes. .
以上所述, 仅为本发明的具体实施方式, 但本发明的保护范围并不局限 于此, 任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本发明揭露的技术范围内, 可轻易 想到变化或替换, 都应涵盖在本发明的保护范围之内。 因此, 本发明的保护 范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。 The above is only a specific embodiment of the present invention, but the scope of protection of the present invention is not limited thereto, and any person skilled in the art can easily within the technical scope disclosed by the present invention. Any changes or substitutions are contemplated as being within the scope of the invention. Therefore, the scope of the invention should be determined by the scope of the appended claims.

Claims

权利要求 Rights request
1、 一种调整链路开销的方法, 其特征在于, 在包括至少三个节点的通 信系统中执行, 其中, 第一节点与第二节点之间通过第一链路直接连接, 所 述第一链路用于传输需要发送至所述第一节点的数据, 所述方法包括: 当所述第一链路发生故障或从故障中恢复时, 网络设备从所述至少三个 节点中确定至少一个待处理节点对, 其中, 每个待处理节点对包括经由一条 链路相连的两个待处理节点, 所述待处理节点能够通过不包括所述第一链路 的第二路径向所述第一节点发送 文, 并且, 所述待处理节点能够在所述第 一链路正常时通过包括所述第一链路的第一路径向所述第一节点发送报文, 其中, 一个第二路径是从一个待处理节点在至所述第一节点的不包括所述第 一链路的路径中总的链路开销最小的路径, 一个第一路径是在所述第一链路 正常时从一个待处理节点至所述第一节点的最优路径, 并且, 每个待处理节 点对中的各待处理节点在第二路径上和第一路径上的上下跳关系相异; 所述网络设备确定各待处理节点的路径开销变化值,所述各待处理节点 的路径开销变化值是各待处理节点的第一路径开销与第二路径开销的差值, 所述第一路径开销是当第一链路正常时在第一路径上的总的链路开销, 所述 第二路径开销是在第二路径上的总的链路开销; 1. A method for adjusting link overhead, characterized in that it is executed in a communication system including at least three nodes, wherein the first node and the second node are directly connected through a first link, and the first node The link is used to transmit data that needs to be sent to the first node. The method includes: when the first link fails or recovers from the failure, the network device determines at least one of the at least three nodes. A pair of nodes to be processed, wherein each pair of nodes to be processed includes two nodes to be processed connected via a link, and the node to be processed can communicate with the first node through a second path that does not include the first link. The node sends a message, and the node to be processed can send a message to the first node through a first path including the first link when the first link is normal, where a second path is The path from a node to be processed to the first node that has the smallest total link cost among the paths excluding the first link. A first path is from a node to be processed when the first link is normal. The optimal path from the processing node to the first node, and the up-and-down hop relationships of the nodes to be processed in each pair of nodes to be processed on the second path and the first path are different; the network device determines each The change value of the path cost of the node to be processed. The change value of the path cost of each node to be processed is the difference between the first path cost and the second path cost of each node to be processed. The first path cost is when the first link The total link cost on the first path when the road is normal, and the second path cost is the total link cost on the second path;
所述网络设备根据所述待处理节点的路径开销变化值 ,对所述第一链路 的链路开销进行至少两次调整, 以在所述第一链路在从故障中恢复时, 使各 待处理节点对中在第一路径上的下一跳节点先于上一跳节点将至所述第一 节点的最优路径迁移至所述第一路径, 或 The network device adjusts the link cost of the first link at least twice according to the path cost change value of the node to be processed, so that when the first link recovers from a fault, each The next hop node on the first path in the pair of nodes to be processed migrates the optimal path to the first node to the first path before the previous hop node, or
以在所述第一链路发生故障时,使各待处理节点对中在第一路径上的上 一跳节点先于下一跳节点将至所述第一节点的最优路径迁移出所述第一路 径。 When the first link fails, the previous hop node on the first path in each node pair to be processed is moved out of the optimal path to the first node before the next hop node. First path.
2、 根据权利要求 1所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述网络设备根据所述 待处理节点的路径开销变化值,对所述第一链路的链路开销进行至少两次调 整, 包括: 2. The method according to claim 1, wherein the network device adjusts the link cost of the first link at least twice according to the path cost change value of the node to be processed, including:
所述网络设备根据各待处理节点的路径开销变化值,确定各待处理节点 的调整范围, 其中, 一个待处理节点的调整范围为小于等于所述待处理节点 的路径开销变化值,且大于等于所述待处理节点的参考节点的路径开销变化 值,一个待处理节点的参考节点是所述待处理节点在各第一路径上的上一跳 节点中路径开销变化值最大的节点; The network device determines the adjustment range of each node to be processed based on the path cost change value of each node to be processed, wherein the adjustment range of a node to be processed is less than or equal to the path cost change value of the node to be processed, and is greater than or equal to The path cost change value of the reference node of the node to be processed. The reference node of a node to be processed is the previous hop of the node to be processed on each first path. The node with the largest path cost change value among the nodes;
所述网络设备根据所述待处理节点的调整范围,对所述第一链路的链路 开销进行至少两次调整。 The network device adjusts the link overhead of the first link at least twice according to the adjustment range of the node to be processed.
3、 根据权利要求 1或 2所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述网络设备根据 所述待处理节点的路径开销变化值,对所述第一链路的链路开销进行至少两 次调整, 包括: 3. The method according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that, the network device adjusts the link cost of the first link at least twice according to the path cost change value of the node to be processed, include:
所述网络设备从所述待处理节点中, 确定 N个目标节点, 其中, 所述目 标节点的数目小于等于所述待处理节点的数目; The network device determines N target nodes from the nodes to be processed, where the number of target nodes is less than or equal to the number of nodes to be processed;
所述网络设备根据各所述目标节点的路径开销变化值,对所述第一链路 的链路开销进行 N次调整。 The network device adjusts the link cost of the first link N times according to the path cost change value of each target node.
4、 根据权利要求 3所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述网络设备从所述待 处理节点中, 确定 N个目标节点, 包括: 4. The method according to claim 3, characterized in that the network device determines N target nodes from the nodes to be processed, including:
所述网络设备将所述待处理节点的全部, 作为所述 N个目标节点。 The network device uses all the nodes to be processed as the N target nodes.
5、 根据权利要求 3或 4所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述网络设备根据 各所述目标节点的路径开销变化值,对所述第一链路的链路开销进行 N次调 整, 包括: 5. The method according to claim 3 or 4, characterized in that, the network device adjusts the link cost of the first link N times according to the path cost change value of each target node, including :
在所述第一链路在从故障中恢复时, 所述网络设备以递减的方式, 对各 所述目标节点的路径开销变化值进行第一排序处理; When the first link recovers from a failure, the network device performs a first sorting process on the path cost change values of each of the target nodes in a decreasing manner;
所述网络设备对所述第一链路的链路开销进行 N次调整, 以使第 i次调 整后的第一链路的链路开销与所述第一链路正常时的链路开销之差小于第 一值且大于第二值, 其中, 所述第一值是经过所述第一排序处理后的第 i个 路径开销变化值,所述第二值是经过所述第一排序处理后的第 i + 1个路径开 销变化值。 The network device adjusts the link cost of the first link N times, so that the link cost of the first link after the i-th adjustment is equal to the link cost when the first link is normal. The difference is smaller than the first value and larger than the second value, where the first value is the i-th path cost change value after the first sorting process, and the second value is the i-th path cost change value after the first sorting process. The i + 1th path cost change value.
6、 根据权利要求 3或 4所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述网络设备根据 各所述目标节点的路径开销变化值,对所述第一链路的链路开销进行 N次调 整, 包括: 6. The method according to claim 3 or 4, characterized in that, the network device adjusts the link cost of the first link N times according to the path cost change value of each target node, including :
在所述第一链路在从故障中恢复时, 所述网络设备以递增的方式, 对各 所述目标节点的路径开销变化值进行第二排序处理; When the first link recovers from a failure, the network device performs a second sorting process on the path cost change values of each of the target nodes in an incremental manner;
所述网络设备对所述第一链路的链路开销进行 N次调整, 以使第 i次调 整后的第一链路的链路开销与所述第一链路正常时的链路开销之差小于第 三值且大于第四值, 其中, 所述第三值是经过所述第二排序处理后的第 N - i + 1 个路径开销变化值, 所述第四值是经过所述第二排序处理后的第 N - i 个路径开销变化值。 The network device adjusts the link cost of the first link N times, so that the link cost of the first link after the i-th adjustment is equal to the link cost when the first link is normal. The difference is less than the third value and greater than the fourth value, wherein the third value is the Nth - after the second sorting process i + 1 path cost change values, and the fourth value is the N-ith path cost change value after the second sorting process.
7、 根据权利要求 3或 4所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述网络设备根据 各所述目标节点的路径开销变化值,对所述第一链路的链路开销进行 N次调 整, 包括: 7. The method according to claim 3 or 4, characterized in that, the network device adjusts the link cost of the first link N times according to the path cost change value of each target node, including :
在所述第一链路发生故障时, 所述网络设备以递增的方式, 对各所述目 标节点的路径开销变化值进行第三排序处理; When the first link fails, the network device performs a third sorting process on the path cost change values of each of the target nodes in an incremental manner;
所述网络设备对所述第一链路的链路开销进行 N次调整, 以使第 i次调 整后的第一链路的链路开销与所述第一链路正常时的链路开销之差大于第 五值且小于第六值, 其中, 所述第六值是经过所述第三排序处理后的第 i + 1 个路径开销变化值, 所述第五值是经过所述第三排序处理后的第 i个路径开 销变化值。 The network device adjusts the link cost of the first link N times, so that the link cost of the first link after the i-th adjustment is equal to the link cost when the first link is normal. The difference is greater than the fifth value and less than the sixth value, wherein the sixth value is the i + 1th path cost change value after the third sorting process, and the fifth value is the change value after the third sorting process. The processed i-th path cost change value.
8、 根据权利要求 3或 4所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述网络设备根据 各所述目标节点的路径开销变化值,对所述第一链路的链路开销进行 N次调 整, 包括: 8. The method according to claim 3 or 4, characterized in that, the network device adjusts the link cost of the first link N times according to the path cost change value of each target node, including :
在所述第一链路发生故障时, 所述网络设备以递减的方式, 对各所述目 标节点的路径开销变化值进行第四排序处理; When the first link fails, the network device performs a fourth sorting process on the path cost change values of each of the target nodes in a decreasing manner;
所述网络设备对所述第一链路的链路开销进行 N次调整, 以使第 i次调 整后的第一链路的链路开销与所述第一链路正常时的链路开销之差大于第 七值且小于第八值, 其中, 所述第八值是经过所述第四排序处理后的第 N - i 个路径开销变化值, 所述第七值是经过所述第四排序处理后的第 N _ i + 1 个路径开销变化值。 The network device adjusts the link cost of the first link N times, so that the link cost of the first link after the i-th adjustment is equal to the link cost when the first link is normal. The difference is greater than the seventh value and less than the eighth value, wherein the eighth value is the N-ith path cost change value after the fourth sorting process, and the seventh value is the N-th path cost change value after the fourth sorting process. The processed N_i+1th path cost change value.
9、 根据权利要求 1至 8中任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述网络 设备对所述第一链路的链路开销进行至少两次调整包括: 9. The method according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the network device adjusts the link overhead of the first link at least twice including:
所述网络设备确定各目标节点计算最优路径所需要的处理时间; 所述网络设备 居所述处理时间,确定所述至少两次调整之间的时间间 隔; The network device determines the processing time required for each target node to calculate the optimal path; the network device determines the time interval between at least two adjustments based on the processing time;
所述网络设备根据所述时间间隔,对所述第一链路的链路开销进行至少 两次调整。 The network device adjusts the link overhead of the first link at least twice according to the time interval.
10、 根据权利要求 1至 9中任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述网络 设备为所述第二节点。 10. The method according to any one of claims 1 to 9, characterized in that the network device is the second node.
11、 一种调整链路开销的装置, 其特征在于, 所述装置包括: 待处理节点确定单元, 用于当所述第一链路发生故障或从故障中恢复 时, 从至少三个节点中确定至少一个待处理节点对, 其中, 每个待处理节点 对包括经由一条链路相连的两个待处理节点, 所述待处理节点能够通过不包 括第一链路的第二路径向所述至少三个节点的第一节点发送 文, 并且, 所 述待处理节点能够在所述第一链路正常时通过包括所述第一链路的第一路 径向所述第一节点发送报文, 其中, 一个第二路径是从一个待处理节点在至 所述第一节点的不包括所述第一链路的路径中总的链路开销最小的路径,一 个第一路径是在所述第一链路正常时从一个待处理节点至所述第一节点的 最优路径, 并且, 每个待处理节点对中的各待处理节点在第二路径上和第一 路径上的上下跳关系相异, 所述至少三个节点中的第二节点与所述第一节点 之间通过所述第一链路直接连接, 所述第一链路用于传输需要发送至所述第 一节点的数据; 11. A device for adjusting link overhead, characterized in that the device includes: a node determination unit to be processed, configured to select a node from at least three nodes when the first link fails or recovers from a failure. Determine at least one node pair to be processed, wherein each node pair to be processed includes two nodes to be processed connected via a link, and the node to be processed can be connected to the at least one node through a second path that does not include the first link. The first node of the three nodes sends a message, and the node to be processed can send a message to the first node through the first path including the first link when the first link is normal, where , a second path is the path from a node to be processed to the first node that has the smallest total link cost among the paths excluding the first link, and a first path is the path between the first link and the node to be processed. The optimal path from a node to be processed to the first node when the road is normal, and the up and down hop relationships of the nodes to be processed in each pair of nodes to be processed on the second path and the first path are different, The second node among the at least three nodes is directly connected to the first node through the first link, and the first link is used to transmit data that needs to be sent to the first node;
路径开销变化值确定单元, 用于确定各待处理节点的路径开销变化值, 所述各待处理节点的路径开销变化值是各待处理节点的第一路径开销与第 二路径开销的差值, 所述第一路径开销是当第一链路正常时在第一路径上的 总的链路开销, 所述第二路径开销是在第二路径上的总的链路开销; The path cost change value determination unit is used to determine the path cost change value of each node to be processed, where the path cost change value of each node to be processed is the difference between the first path cost and the second path cost of each node to be processed, The first path cost is the total link cost on the first path when the first link is normal, and the second path cost is the total link cost on the second path;
链路开销调整单元, 用于根据各待处理节点的路径开销变化值, 对所述 第一链路的链路开销进行至少两次调整, 以在所述第一链路在从故障中恢复 时,使各待处理节点对中在第一路径上的下一跳节点先于上一跳节点将至所 述第一节点的最优路径迁移至所述第一路径, 或 A link cost adjustment unit, configured to adjust the link cost of the first link at least twice according to the path cost change value of each node to be processed, so that when the first link recovers from a failure, , so that the next hop node on the first path in each node pair to be processed migrates the optimal path to the first node to the first path before the previous hop node, or
以在所述第一链路发生故障时,使各待处理节点对中在第一路径上的上 一跳节点先于下一跳节点将至所述第一节点的最优路径迁移出所述第一路 径。 When the first link fails, the previous hop node on the first path in each node pair to be processed is migrated out of the optimal path to the first node before the next hop node. First path.
12、 根据权利要求 11所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述链路开销调整单 元具体用于根据各待处理节点的路径开销变化值,确定各待处理节点的调整 范围, 其中, 一个待处理节点的调整范围为小于等于所述待处理节点的路径 开销变化值, 且大于等于所述待处理节点的参考节点的路径开销变化值, 一 个待处理节点的参考节点是所述待处理节点在各第一路径上的上一跳节点 中路径开销变化值最大的节点; 12. The method according to claim 11, characterized in that, the link cost adjustment unit is specifically configured to determine the adjustment range of each node to be processed according to the path cost change value of each node to be processed, wherein, one to be processed The adjustment range of a node is less than or equal to the path cost change value of the node to be processed, and greater than or equal to the path cost change value of the reference node of the node to be processed. The reference node of a node to be processed is the node to be processed in each The node with the largest path cost change value among the previous hop nodes on the first path;
用于根据所述待处理节点的调整范围,对所述第一链路的链路开销进行 至少两次调整。 For adjusting the link overhead of the first link according to the adjustment range of the node to be processed. Make at least two adjustments.
13、 根据权利要求 11或 12所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述链路开销调 整单元还用于从所述待处理节点中, 确定 N个目标节点, 其中, 所述目标节 点的数目小于等于所述待处理节点的数目; 13. The device according to claim 11 or 12, wherein the link cost adjustment unit is further configured to determine N target nodes from the nodes to be processed, wherein the number of target nodes is less than Equal to the number of nodes to be processed;
用于根据各所述目标节点的路径开销变化值,对所述第一链路的链路开 销进行 N次调整。 For adjusting the link cost of the first link N times according to the change value of the path cost of each of the target nodes.
14、 根据权利要求 13所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述链路开销调整单 元具体用于将所述待处理节点的全部, 作为所述 N个目标节点。 14. The device according to claim 13, wherein the link cost adjustment unit is specifically configured to use all of the nodes to be processed as the N target nodes.
15、 根据权利要求 13或 14所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述链路开销调 整单元具体用于在所述第一链路在从故障中恢复时, 所述网络设备以递减的 方式, 对各所述目标节点的路径开销变化值进行第一排序处理; 15. The device according to claim 13 or 14, characterized in that, the link overhead adjustment unit is specifically configured to: when the first link recovers from a fault, the network device decreases the Perform a first sorting process on the path cost change values of each of the target nodes;
用于对所述第一链路的链路开销进行 N次调整, 以使第 i次调整后的第 一链路的链路开销与所述第一链路正常时的链路开销之差小于第一值且大 于第二值, 其中, 所述第一值是经过所述第一排序处理后的第 i个路径开销 变化值, 所述第二值是经过所述第一排序处理后的第 i + 1 个路径开销变化 值。 Used to adjust the link cost of the first link N times, so that the difference between the link cost of the first link after the i-th adjustment and the link cost of the first link when it is normal is less than The first value is greater than the second value, wherein the first value is the i-th path cost change value after the first sorting process, and the second value is the i-th path cost change value after the first sorting process. i + 1 path cost change value.
16、 根据权利要求 13或 14所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述链路开销调 整单元具体用于在所述第一链路在从故障中恢复时, 所述网络设备以递增的 方式, 对各所述目标节点的路径开销变化值进行第二排序处理; 16. The device according to claim 13 or 14, characterized in that, the link overhead adjustment unit is specifically configured to, when the first link recovers from a fault, the network device in an incremental manner, Perform a second sorting process on the path cost change values of each target node;
用于对所述第一链路的链路开销进行 N次调整, 以使第 i次调整后的第 一链路的链路开销与所述第一链路正常时的链路开销之差小于第三值且大 于第四值, 其中, 所述第三值是经过所述第二排序处理后的第 N _ i + 1个路 径开销变化值, 所述第四值是经过所述第二排序处理后的第 N - i个路径开 销变化值。 Used to adjust the link cost of the first link N times, so that the difference between the link cost of the first link after the i-th adjustment and the link cost of the first link when it is normal is less than The third value is greater than the fourth value, wherein the third value is the N_i+1th path cost change value after the second sorting process, and the fourth value is the N_i+1th path cost change value after the second sorting process. The processed N-ith path cost change value.
17、 根据权利要求 13或 14所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述链路开销调 整单元具体用于在所述第一链路发生故障时, 所述网络设备以递增的方式, 对各所述目标节点的路径开销变化值进行第三排序处理; 17. The device according to claim 13 or 14, wherein the link overhead adjustment unit is specifically configured to adjust the network equipment to each location in an incremental manner when the first link fails. The path cost change value of the target node is subjected to the third sorting process;
用于对所述第一链路的链路开销进行 N次调整, 以使第 i次调整后的第 一链路的链路开销与所述第一链路正常时的链路开销之差大于第五值且小 于第六值,其中,所述第六值是经过所述第三排序处理后的第 i + 1个路径开 销变化值,所述第五值是经过所述第三排序处理后的第 i个路径开销变化值。 Used to adjust the link cost of the first link N times, so that the difference between the link cost of the first link after the i-th adjustment and the link cost of the first link when it is normal is greater than The fifth value is less than the sixth value, wherein the sixth value is the i + 1th path cost change value after the third sorting process, and the fifth value is the i+1th path cost change value after the third sorting process. The i-th path cost change value.
18、 根据权利要求 13或 14所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述链路开销调 整单元具体用于在所述第一链路发生故障时, 所述网络设备以递减的方式, 对各所述目标节点的路径开销变化值进行第四排序处理; 18. The device according to claim 13 or 14, wherein the link overhead adjustment unit is specifically configured to adjust the network equipment to each location in a decreasing manner when the first link fails. The path cost change value of the target node is subjected to the fourth sorting process;
用于对所述第一链路的链路开销进行 N次调整, 以使第 i次调整后的第 一链路的链路开销与所述第一链路正常时的链路开销之差大于第七值且小 于第八值, 其中, 所述第八值是经过所述第四排序处理后的第 N - i个路径 开销变化值, 所述第七值是经过所述第四排序处理后的第 N _ i + 1个路径开 销变化值。 Used to adjust the link cost of the first link N times, so that the difference between the link cost of the first link after the i-th adjustment and the link cost of the first link when it is normal is greater than The seventh value is less than the eighth value, where the eighth value is the N-ith path cost change value after the fourth sorting process, and the seventh value is the N-ith path cost change value after the fourth sorting process. The N_i+1th path cost change value.
19、 根据权利要求 11至 18中任一项所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述链 路开销调整单元还用于确定各目标节点计算最优路径所需要的处理时间; 用于 ^据所述处理时间, 确定所述至少两次调整之间的时间间隔; 用于根据所述时间间隔, 对所述第一链路的链路开销进行至少两次调 19. The device according to any one of claims 11 to 18, characterized in that the link cost adjustment unit is also used to determine the processing time required for each target node to calculate the optimal path; Determine the time interval between the at least two adjustments according to the processing time; and adjust the link overhead of the first link at least twice according to the time interval.
20、 根据权利要求 11至 19中任一项所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述装 置为所述第二节点。 20. The device according to any one of claims 11 to 19, characterized in that the device is the second node.
PCT/CN2013/083444 2013-09-13 2013-09-13 Method and apparatus for adjusting link overhead WO2015035598A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2013/083444 WO2015035598A1 (en) 2013-09-13 2013-09-13 Method and apparatus for adjusting link overhead
CN201380076705.5A CN105247823B (en) 2013-09-13 2013-09-13 The method and apparatus for adjusting link overhead

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2013/083444 WO2015035598A1 (en) 2013-09-13 2013-09-13 Method and apparatus for adjusting link overhead

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2015035598A1 true WO2015035598A1 (en) 2015-03-19

Family

ID=52664948

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2013/083444 WO2015035598A1 (en) 2013-09-13 2013-09-13 Method and apparatus for adjusting link overhead

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN105247823B (en)
WO (1) WO2015035598A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107147576A (en) * 2016-03-01 2017-09-08 华为技术有限公司 A kind of route computing method and device

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR102466075B1 (en) 2018-03-30 2022-11-10 지티이 코포레이션 Change secondary communication node
CN111385194B (en) * 2018-12-29 2021-02-26 华为技术有限公司 Method for converging network path and related equipment
CN113542114B (en) 2020-04-20 2022-11-11 华为技术有限公司 Route configuration method and route configuration device
CN116982302A (en) * 2022-03-30 2023-10-31 新华三技术有限公司 Path switching method, device, equipment and machine-readable storage medium

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1973486A (en) * 2004-06-15 2007-05-30 思科技术公司 Avoiding micro-loop upon failure of fast reroute protected links
US20120051212A1 (en) * 2010-08-26 2012-03-01 Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. System and method for fast network restoration
JP2013176021A (en) * 2012-02-27 2013-09-05 Nippon Telegr & Teleph Corp <Ntt> Micro loop prevention setting method, communication system and micro loop prevention device

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103220221B (en) * 2012-01-20 2017-04-12 华为技术有限公司 Method and device capable of noticing link information

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1973486A (en) * 2004-06-15 2007-05-30 思科技术公司 Avoiding micro-loop upon failure of fast reroute protected links
US20120051212A1 (en) * 2010-08-26 2012-03-01 Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. System and method for fast network restoration
JP2013176021A (en) * 2012-02-27 2013-09-05 Nippon Telegr & Teleph Corp <Ntt> Micro loop prevention setting method, communication system and micro loop prevention device

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107147576A (en) * 2016-03-01 2017-09-08 华为技术有限公司 A kind of route computing method and device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN105247823A (en) 2016-01-13
CN105247823B (en) 2018-10-02

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US8248969B2 (en) Stacking system and a method for switching traffic in the stacking system
CN107579923B (en) Link load balancing method of SDN and SDN controller
WO2015035598A1 (en) Method and apparatus for adjusting link overhead
JP7090737B2 (en) How to manage a first access network node, equipment, general node B (gNB) of a 5G network, non-temporary computer readable media, computer program products, and datasets.
CN106209419B (en) Method for selecting network function to forward data and service function repeater
CN112866103B (en) Edge-calculation-oriented time-sensitive mobile forwarding network protection method
CN102415054A (en) Node device and communication method
CN109246013B (en) A Routing Method in FC-AE-1553 Switched Network
CN104521192A (en) Techniques for flooding optimization for link state protocols in a network topology
CN104796339B (en) Quick flood process method and device
CN112152923B (en) User plane rerouting method and device
CN101702658A (en) Method and system for implementing ring network protection
KR20200142550A (en) Improvements related to failure mode in multi-hop networks
JP5869041B2 (en) Method for mapping network topology request to physical network, computer program product, mobile communication system, and network configuration platform
EP2599270B1 (en) A network device and method of routing traffic
CN105915467A (en) Data center network flow balancing method and device oriented to software definition
CN104604191B (en) Communication equipment, communication system, the method for determining path
EP2658177B1 (en) Method for detecting tunnel faults and traffic engineering node
CN102611604A (en) Sharing meshed protection realizing method and system
JP5004758B2 (en) Layer 2 network and network connection device
CN105634964B (en) A kind of mobile ad-hoc network and its multicast route method
WO2014117499A1 (en) Multicast recovering method and apparatus, and relay device comprising multicast recovering apparatus
CN104885408B (en) A kind of method of pretection switch, network and system
JP5950021B2 (en) Control device, communication system, synchronization method and program
CN105991426A (en) Method and device for managing link in load sharing

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 13893442

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 13893442

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1